Home

Firmware Operation Manual

1. t 4 PET rive Swap 15 seconds second je Failure HMode 5MART Disabled l second jal Spare Drive Disabled 2 seconds ite Enabled 4 seconds dle Delay Disable 6 seconds seconds l seconds 15 seconds 20 seconds 0 seconds Enter selaect Esc Exit Ctr i L iRetresn 3 Choose Drive I O Timeout Default 7 seconds then press ENTER A list of selections will appear Move the cursor bar to a selection then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 8 11 8 2 4 Maximum Tag Count Tag Command Queuing TCQ and Native Command Queuing NCQ Support Main MEAL Quit View Drive Motor Spin Up Disabled view Disk Access Delay Time 6D seconds View Drive I O Timeout 30 seconds View IESU n T o RE view on Drive Swap 15 seconds D Disabled fable Failure Mode SHART Disabled V Al l lobal Spare Drive Disabled 5 2 write Disabled Y min Idle Delay Disable V This sub menu facilitates the support for both Tagged Command Queuing TCQ and Native Command Queuing NCQ TCQ is a traditional feature on SCSI SAS or Fibre Channel disk drives while NCQ is recently implemented with SATA disk drives The queuing feature requires the support of both host adapters and hard disk drives Command queuing can intelligently reorder host requests to streamline random accesses for IOPS multi u
2. bad Serial 4 0 GHz serial channel SCST 10 A s meme l 5 ETC EXIT More OUPSOP ctri tL Refresh Sereen rFrow Keys Add Slot A SCSI ID No NOTICE change made to this setting will MOT take effect unti the controller 1s RESET Prior to resetting the controller operation may not proceed normally Do you want to reset the controller now T Yes Im Step 2 Enter the View and Edit IDs sub menu by pressing ENTER Step 3 Press ENTER on an existing ID Step 4 Select Add Channel SCSI ID Press ENTER to confirm Step 5 Select either Slot A or Slot B controller to create IDs that will be managed by a designated RAID controller Step 6 A pull down list will display all available IDs Use your arrow keys to select an ID and press ENTER to confirm The configuration change will only takes effect after a system reboot 14 9 14 3 3 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Controller Configuration A logical drive or a logical volume can be assigned to either Controller A or Controler B By default a logical drive is automatically assigned to Controller A the controller installed in the upper slot also the Primary controller by factory default To divide the workload you may manually assign a logical drive to Controller B By default logical drives will always be assigned to the Slot A controller They can be manually assigned to the Slot B controller if the host
3. SOSH requests data blocks D7 D8 and onward will be cached in system buffer and quickly fill the data cache 3 Supposed the data cache capacity is 512MB it is easily used up when hundreds of megabytes of write requests come streaming down from the application server 4 When the cache is full performance is quickly reduced and the benefit of write back caching soon vanishes RAID5 Cache Di w b media emor py f D3 gis ae D4j Pl D p _ DS P3 x D7 te P4 Figure 10 2 Caching the Affected Writes Only The Response Time remedy is described as follows 1 2 A response delay time is set in firmware default is 160ms If a single disk drive cannot fulfill a write request within 160ms firmware automatically proceeds with conducting write requests on other disk drives while also generating parity data Only those writes affected by media errors on an individual disk drive will be cached in memory so that the data cache will not be quickly overwhelmed The data cache holds a comparatively small portion of write requests If a logical drive contains 8 members one of them is parity drive and media errors are found on one member drive caching data blocks to one disk drive only occupies 1 8 of cache capacity With the response time on write RAID subsystems can ensure array performance with the occurrences of media errors without waiting for physical hard drives to resolve hardware error
4. kplane The channel mode options are not available on these Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 9 4 10 models 4 2 2 Channel ID Configuration Each host channel comes with a default ID which will not be sufficient if your subsystem comes in a dual active controller configuration In a dual active controller configuration you need to manually create Controller B IDs to distribute the workload between partner RAID controllers T he idea is diagrammed below Application E Sarver f E Configuration E 1 2logical drives LD LD LUN mapping HBA PR associations LDO CHO AIDO amp EonPath CH1 AIDO LD1 CHO BID1 amp CH1 BID1 Controller B IDs need to be manually created CHO CH1 CHO CH1 M Note that in this example a multi pathing software is req 7 uired to manage the fault tole A rant links to a RAID storage v LUN Mapping sa olume Figure 4 1 ID Mapping for Cross controller Load Sharing A logical group of physical drives can be associated either with Controller A IDs or Controller B IDs through the host LUN mapping process These A or B IDs then appear to the application servers as storage capacity volumes As a rule of thumb a logical drive associated with A IDs is managed by Controller A One t hat is associated with B IDs is managed by Controller B Depending on how many RAID capacity volumes you wish visible to your application servers create one or more Controller A or
5. Ctr lrL Refresh Screen 14 3 2 Creating Controller A and Controller B IDs The dual controller operation requires that you manually create more Controller A and Controller B IDs Redundant Controller 14 7 14 8 C LCD Keypad Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 In View and Edit Channels press ENT to select a host channel Use the up or down arrow keys to select Set Channel ID A pre configured ID will appear press ENT to proceed Use the up or down arrow keys to select Add Channel ID and then press ENT for two seconds on the Slot A or Slot B option to proceed When prompted by this message use the arrow keys to select an ID Press ENT to confirm A message will prompt to remind you to reset the controller Press ENT to reset the controller or press ESC to return to the previous menu The ID change will only take effect after a system reset CHL 0 ID 0 Slot A Ctlr Add Channel ID Slot A Controller Add CHL 0 ID 113 Slot A Ctlr Change Setting Do Reset Ctlr RAID Inc Redundant Controller Step 1 Enter View and Edit Channels then press ENTER and select the host channel on which you wish to create Controller A or Controller B IDs Cache Status Clean 4 0 40 GHz ECTAEM and edit scsi ic J sariat chip inFormation r channel st id Wwen jto ieriall 2 2 0 GHz device p lt name list
6. Unused 2G mm Ha Expand Logical Drive RAID 5 8GB 2 N partitions Partition N 1 new partition Figure 11 1 Logical Drive Expansion RAID levels supported RAID 0 1 3 5 and 6 Expansion can be performed on logical drives or logical volumes under the following conditions 1 There is unused capacity in a logical unit 2 Capacity is increased by using member drives of larger capacity see Copy and Replace in the discussion below Array Expansion 11 3 11 3 Data is recalculated and distributed to drive members or members of a logical volume Upon the completion of the process the added or the previously unused capacity will become a new partition The new partition must be made available through host LUN mapping in order for a host adapter to recognize its presence Mode 1 Expansion Adding Drives to a Logical Drive Use drives with the same capacity as the original drive members Once completed the added capacity will appear as another partition new partition Data is automatically re striped across the new and old members during the add drive process See the diagram below to get a clear idea RAID 5 Logical Drive 4GB Add in New Drives N partitions Partition N41 new partition RAID 5 Logical Drive 8GB After adding SCSI drives the additional capacity will appear as another partition new partition Figure 11 2 Expansion by Adding Drive RAID levels supported
7. 3 8 Controller Voltage and Temperature Lace BEST Ban Cache Enable Ei E een eee eevee eT eI Le ar H dr 7v E y BRUT H 2 7 7 SA ee EF SHE Go PN 7 From Main Menu choose View and Edit Peripheral Devices and press ENTER From the sub menu choose Controller Peripheral Device Configuration View Peripheral Device Status then press ENTER amp 7 8 377 r E 17 7 IT HENENNNNH Cz HBo 11 Lae o zit E7701 0I ee 0M n WW The current status of voltage and temperature detected by the controller will be d isplayed on screen and will be stated as normal out of order or within the safety range 3 9 Viewing Event Logs on the Screen When errors occur you may want to trace the records to see what has happened to your system The controller s event log management records all events starting from the time when the system is powered on recording up to 1 000 events Powering off or resetting the controller will automatically delete all of the recorded event logs With firmware revisions 3 48 and later the event logs are stored in disk reserved space and hence the event logs are available after system reset Disk Terminal Screen Messages 3 13 3 14 reserved space is automatically created when composing a logical drive With no logical drives event logs can not be preserved To view the events log on screen select View and Edit Event Logs from the Main Menu by pressing
8. 6 78273 300M amp NoNE usED DRV HITACHI HD5728080PLAS380 ON LINE HITACHI HOS 728080PLA380 78273 300me i ON LINE HITACHI HDS728080PLAS amp 0 Arrow KeysiMove Cursor E Selat ESC EXIT Ctri L ReTresh Screen zenei aiie SAS Drives ho dun F 4 45 21 Sab Cache Status G4 Dirty HE ABT MONE 800 let ChNo ID Size HB Speed L6_OAU ee ee 3 22 smsi awe ON LINE HITRCHI HusiSI473ULS300 J di 69751 JOANE H L NE HITACHI HUSI S14 73ULS3HB His 69751 ee HITACHI AUSIS 4 PSULSSae al esf rem one areca msrsiermcsum L sp rst onecie james isin smo ee rrr rrow Kays Howea Cursor Enter 5ealect Esc Exit Cirl L Aefresh Screen EEREN Slot Drive slot in which a disk drive resides Size MB Drive capacity Speed XXMB Maximum transfer rate of the drive channel interface ChNo Channel number For drives within a SAS expansion enclosure ChNo will be displayed as nl lt n2 gt showing two SAS domains connecting to a dual ported SAS drive LG_DRV X The disk drive is a member of logical drive EN S If the Status column shows STAND BY the drive is a Local Spare belonging to logical drive X ID A logical device ID assigned to the SAS drive RAID Inc Status Global INITING ON LINE REBUILD STAND BY NEW DRV USED DRV FRMT DRV BAD ABSENT ADDING CEDING COPYING CLONE CLON
9. Assigning a hot spare to an array composed of drives of a different i nterface type should be avoided For example a SATA Global spare may accidentally participate in the rebuild of an array using SAS members It is better to prevent mixing SAS and SATA dr ives in a logical drive configuration 6 3 3 3 Disk Reserved Space Q Step 6 3 The reserved space is a small section of disk space formatted for storing array configuration StorageWatch program and other non volatile data This item is for display only you cannot M ehange the size oft the reserved spaee Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 7 6 8 6 3 3 4 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Active Maximum Drive Capacity AS51 n Spare Drives Logical Drive Assignments Disk Reserved Space 256 ME write Policy DefaultiwWrite Back Initialize Mode On Line Stripe size Soro Pa aero 34747 MB Redundant Controller Logical Drive Assign to slot B CE No Q Step 6 4 If your subsystem is powered by dual redundant RAID controllers you may manually assign alogical drive to a specific RAID controller The assignment can take place during or after the init ial configuration The default is the Slot A controll er press ESC if change is not preferred V IMPORTANT Firmware releases before rev 3 48 A logical drive can be assigned to either the Primary controller or the Seconda
10. Detect Clone Replace Main Menu gt Drive Motor spin Up Disabled Disk access Delay Tire 60 seconds Drive 1 0 Timeout 30 seconds Maximum T Count 4 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap 15 seconds Dr1ve Predictasie Failure Hode SHART Disabled Detect Only Detect and Perpetua Clone Detect and ClonesReplace Foil Drive Arrow WC ur sor Enter selg AGTr esh Screen Using S M A R T Functions Step 1 Enable S M A R T on the RAID controller Make sure your drives do support S M A R T so that your system will work properly Step 2 Select a S M A R T related option Step 2 1 The Detect Only Setting Step 2 1 1 In View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters gt Drive Predictable Failure Mode lt SMART gt choose Detect Only Drive Motor spin Up Disabled Disk Access Delay Time 60 seconds Drive I O Timeout 30 seconds Ix mum rag count 4 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap 15 seconds D VERTU able Detect and Perpetual Clone BEBEE test and clonesReplace J D1sk Fail Drive Redu Controller Parameters ur sor Enter iS le ecn sereen Whenever a drive detects symptoms of predictable drive failure the controller will issue an error message Step 2 2 The Detect Perpetual Clone Setting RAID Inc Before selecting this option you sh
11. Qj Step 2 Drive information be displayed Press the up or down arrow key s to select you wish press ENT Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD the to on the spare delete will LCD drive then View and Edit Drives Slot 1010MB GlobalSB WDC 0 2 C2 Q Step3 Press the up or down peiete Spare arrow keys to select Delete Drive Spare Drive then press ENT to continue Q Step 4 Press ENT for two seconds to Delete Spare Drive Successful delete the spare drive 5 12 Restore Firmware Default Restore Default Using LCD Panel Na i Suggest ba put a Redundant kina sick en eontraller cantroller for case of idenificztion Power off system Two people are required ome controls the percer switch from slot B the other the LED keypad Hold ENT and ESC buttons down Plug secondary controller into Power on system slot A to enter the Maintenance Mode Select Restore Factory Detault Hold the ENT key for one second confirm Sclect Reset Controller Check for the allowing event Controller initialization complete NVRAM factory default restored NO Yes HO Primary and secondary controllers default are restored Redundant contraller Fa Power off Plug primary and secondary controllers inte the original positians Finish Ps 0 24 RAID Inc Chapter 6 Creating RAID Arrays
12. 4 2 x 2006 7 G600G6 4003 2005 200G Migration not allowed Figure 6 6 Migration Not Allowed for Insufficient Capacity Migration by Adding Drive s The additional capacity for composing a RAID6 array is acquired by adding a new member drive Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 17 RAID6 Capacity AA Capacity 4 1 x 200G m 200G 2006 5 2 x 200G 6006 A A 600G 206 2006 200G Migration condition met by adding drive s Figure 6 7 Migration Condition Met by Adding Drive s Migration by Copy and Replace RAIDS l AA Capacity GA Capacity 200G 200G 4 1 x 200 300G 3006 4 2 x 300 200G 200G Specs AA 6006 iape 300 Migration condition met by using larger drive s Figure 6 8 Migration Condition Met by Using Larger Drives 6 4 3 Migration Exemplary Procedure To migrate a RAID5 array to RAID6 follow the steps below 2 Step 1 From the View and Edit Logical Drives status screen select an existing RAID5 array and press ENTER A sub menu will appear Move your cursor bar to select Migrate Logical Drive 6 18 RAID Inc Meth rear BAT F4 view drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Name logical drive assignments Expand lagical Tur reGenerata parity copv and replace drive Media scan write paliew Arrow Keys Mowe Cursor n Q Step 2 A confirmation box should appear Select Yes to view drives
13. BFBEDAD4 755740751 Step2 A list of current LUN mappings will be displayed on the screen Move the cursor bar to the LUN mapping you wish to delete then press ENTE R Q Step3 Select Yes to delete the LUN mapping or No to cancel 6 10 Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Enclosure Spare Drive Move the cursor bar to a Local Global or Enclosure Spare Drive in the View and Edit Drives menu then press ENTER Choose Delete Global Local Enclosure Spare Drive then press ENTER again Choose Yes to confirm nci soe chi in zen Spee Lo _ DRY Status Uemlor and Product ID H LIBHE SERGATE ST32335455 View drive information Clete global local spare drive aj nH LIBE SEmGAIE ST33675455 add drive Entry dentifu drive l ON LINE SERRATE ST3367 75455 medi scan disk Reserved space eo mb QHE FRAT DREU SENGAIE ST33675455 th 5 6 140014 SHR BONE FRAT ORY SEAGATE STI14665455 f FRBE Bp HOHE VFRAT DFU SEAGATE ST3 345455 B 5 1 35BB3 SPEI HOHE FRAT ORY SEAGATE S133675455 Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 35 g NOTE The spare drive you deleted disassociated or reassigned as a normal disk drive or any drive you replaced from a logical unit will be indicated as a used drive 6 36 RAID Inc Chapter ISCSI Options This chapter is written for the configuration options exclusively implemented for systems feat
14. CHAP stands for Challenge Handshake Authentication protocol With this protocol networked computers use the encrypted password to authenticate each other remotely The CHAP security method can be used to build a secure iSCSI network Step 1 To enable the CHAP authentication select View and Edit Configuration Parameters in the Main Menu Host side Parameters and then press ENTER on Login Authentication with CHAP to activate the selection prompt RAID Inc Cache Status Clean lt Main Menu gt Maximum Queued I O Count 256 LUNS per Host SCSI ID 8 Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connection Def 4 Number of Tags Reserved for each Host LUM Connection Def i32 Peripheral Device Type Parameters Cylinder Variable Head variable sector Variable Login Authentication with CHAP Disable Jumbo Frames Disable Drive side Parameters Disk Array Parameters controller Parameters Esc Exit CtrirL Refreshn Screen otep 2 RAID Inc supports one way or two way mutual CHAP authentication With two way CHAP a separate three way handshake is initiated between an iSCSI initiator and storage host port On the initiator side for example Microsoft initiator software CHAP logon is designated as an option with selectable initiator IQN name and that of the target secret to which the CHAP authentication call will be issued namely the host port on your A16E S16E storage system A
15. Cu Partition New Volumet Simple Sew Volume E 16 58 GB NTFS Healthy 6 29 GE Unallocated B Unallocated B Primers Partition B Simple volume irman Fi Open Explore Extend Youre 5c irat Change Drive Letter and Path Format Aa bo ete NONE Delete aluma Properties Help RAID Inc The Extend Volume Wizard will guide you through the rest of the process Select Disks Select the disks and disk size to extend the volume To extend the volume select one or more disks All available dynamic disks Selected dynamic disks Disk 2 8487 MB Remove lt lt Remove All B Total volume size 25469 M Size For all selected disks 8487 Maximum 8487 MB lt Back Next gt Cancel The screen will display that the volume set of Drive E has been extended into a spanned volume by the 8 3GB in Disk2 E Leunpust er Parne sin xke e Emm DEO EX EN Gm d vos kayo Tepe le System Statue _ c os ij n zz Computer Pisgenen docs sed dr Parth Bx HT He ok ts Sl ets warum oos ins Dres rr C HiT Hi adt ry E Y Shen nos B Evert emer Bn fuu Inm nahian E Feman Logs ad Aarts Eed Shered Pokcers eg Desi Hanacer EH Lors ears and Grote o f tess Defragmenter o Logic Eris i M aX RenziomE Storage h r c3 be tn Saris end hpolice tions EM has 14 29 GF S TES i Heak r fSeehiin Ww Volume F Ji tB GE NTFS
16. ENTER The unassigned disk drive will be associated with this logical drive as a Local Spare Q Step4 When prompted to Add Local Spare Drive choose Yes to confirm Add Lacal Spare Drive 7 No 6 7 2 Adding a Global Spare Drive 6 7 3 Vendor and Product ID View drive information add Local are drive CSSLOLSF2D210 E ST3185304FcC Add Global Spare Drive E ICS5Ll4G6F2DYlO 4c FRAT ORV SEAGATE STSFOO007FC PERPE 4 a 2essas 200Me 1 ON LINE SEAGATE ST33iQ0O00O07FC j 10 zsssas ome a on tne seacare sras00007Fc Q Step 1 Move the cursor bar to the drive that is not a member drive or a spare usually indicated as a New Drive and then press ENTER t Step2 Select Add Global Spare Drive When prompted by Add Global Spare Drive select Yes and press ENTER to complete the configuration process Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive An Enclosure Spare only participates in the rebuild of a failed drive located within the same enclosure NOTE An Enclosure Spare is one that is used to rebuild a failed drive that resides in the same enclosure In configurations that span across multiple enclosures a Global Spare may participate in the rebuild of a failed drive in a dif ferent enclosure Using Enclosure Spare can avoid disorderly locations of member drives in a multi enclosure configuration RAID Inc View drive information ad
17. Number af Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection 32 Default Peripheral Device Type Parameters Cylinder Variable Head Variable sector Variable Login Authentication with CHAP Disable Jumbo Frames Enable iia ui ters Dr1ve side Parameters Disk Array Parameters Controller Parameters Crow Kevs Move Cursor Enter 5elect EscC Ex1t lt tr Jumbo Frames extend Ethernet s bytes per frame size and can significantly increase performance The Jumbo Frame feature is enabled through the option under View and Edit Configuration Parameters and Host side Parameters A CAUTION The Jumbo Frame feature requires that all of the end devices in an iSCSI network support and have their Jumbo Frame function activated iSCSI Options 7 21 Chapter O Host side and Drive side Parameters This chapter discusses the advanced options for tuning various firmware parameters Each function is given a brief explanation as well as a configuration sample Terminal screens are used in the configuration samples Some of the operations require basic knowledge of RAID technology and are only recommended for an experienced user NOTE f All figures in this chapter are showing examples using the management hyper terminal screen f Some of the host or drive side configurable options are included in different chapters For example details about the disk drive S M A R T support is provided in Chapter 12 8 1 Ho
18. RAID Inc Controller B IDs In firmware menus these IDs are specified as the slot A or slot B IDs A CAUTION Firmware revisions 3 48 and later also support the cross controller ID mapping The cross controller mapping allows you to associate a logical drive with BOTH controller A and controller B IDs However mapping to both controllers IDs is only beneficial when it is difficult making the fault tolerant host links between RAID controllers an d host HBAs e g using SAS to SAS RAID systems Currently there is no external SAS switch available on the market For iSCSI host systems fault tolerant links can easily be made with the help of external bypass such as Ethernet switches For details of fault tolerant link connections please refer to your system Hardware Manual s LCD Keypad Q Step 1 Press ENT for io second Ter una ndr toenter the Main Menu channels Press the up or down arrow key stoselect View and Edit Channel s then press ENT t Step2 Channel information wil CHO Host ID 112 be displayed Press ENT o i ipid the host channel you wish the ID changed Q Step3 Press the up or dow arrow keys to select Set Channel ID then press ENT t Step4 Use the up or down CHL 0 ID 112 Slot A Set Channel ID arrow keys to browse through the existing host IDs Press ENT on any ID combination to continue Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 1 T a NEEDS NE Ea SE 112 TAERE EEE GH
19. The firmware can be downloaded to the RAID controller subsystem by using an ANSI VT 100 compatible terminal emulation program Whichever terminal emulation program is used must support the ZMODEM file transfer protocol The following example uses the HyperTerminal in Windo ws NT Other terminal emulation programs e g Telix and PROCOMM Plus can perform the firmware upgrade as well B 3 1 Establishing the connection for the RS 232C Terminal Emulation Please refer to Chapter 1 and also your hardware manual for details on establishing the connection B 3 2 Upgrading Both Boot Hecord and Firmware Binaries en Cache Status Clea lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit Host luns view and edit scsi Drives View and edit Scsi channels View and edit Configuration parameters View and edit OE deuicez u ul Mute he change Download Boot Record with Firmware 7 Reset c Shutdow Yes Ho Download Boot Record with Firmware D Advanced Maintanence Functions e C tEnterrSelect i From the Main Menu scroll down to System Fun ctions 2 Go to Controller Maintenance 3 Choose Advanced Maintenance 4 Select Download Boot Record and Firmware 5 Set ZMODEM as the file transfer protocol of your terminal emulation software 6 Send the Boot Record Binary to the controller In HyperTerminal go to the Transfer menu and choose Send System Functions Upgradin
20. e f you are using drives of different brands in your RAID system as long as they are ANSI SCSI Informational Exception Control IEC document X3T10 94 190 compatible there should not be any problems working with the controller subsystem 12 4 Configuration Procedure 12 4 4 Enabling the S M A R T Feature Follow the procedure below to enable S M A R T on all drives Step 1 First enable the Periodic Drive Check Time function In View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters gt Periodic Drive Check Time choose a time interval Cache Status Clean amp Hain Menu gt instal lation i Driva Motor Epin lin Disahlaed Disable Disk Acceess Delay Time BH seconds i72 seconds Drives 170 Timeout 7 secel Default second mu Maximum Tag Count 16 g seconds ieul Periodic Drive Check Tine in ll 5 seconds Parindic Ruto Datect Failure Driva Swap Check Time IH seconds JH seconds Or ive Predictable Failure Hada 5MRHT Di seb ed Aute Assion Global Spare Ofira Disab Disk Array Parameters Hedundant Controller Parameters Controller Parane tere Step 2 In View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters gt Drive Predictable Failure Mode lt SMART gt choose one from S M A R T Configuration 12 7 12 8 12 4 2 Detect Only Detect Perpetual Clone and
21. Choose Host side Parameters then press ENTER Choose Number of Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection then press ENTER A list of available selections will appear Move the cursor bar to an item then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting 8 1 3 Maximum Queued I O Count This function allows you to configure the maximum queued I O count the controller can receive from the host computer Main Menu gt Maximum Queued I O Count 1024 Lp gHost SCSI ID r of Concurrent Host LUN Connection 64 Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection 4 Device Type Parameters Variable Head Variable Sector Variable hentication with CHAP Disable arameters Choose Host side Parameters then press ENTER Choose Maximum Queued l O Count then press ENTER A list of available selections will appear Move the cursor bar to an item then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 8 3 8 4 LUNs per Host ID Each RAID volume logical drive or its paritition is associated with host IDs or LUN numbers and appears to the host as a contiguous volume If you file a document into a cabinet you must put the document into one of the drawers As defined by storage interface architecture a host channel ID is like a cabinet and the drawers are the LUNs Logical Unit Numbers Each host channel
22. In View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters gt Drive Predictable Failure Mode lt SMARTS gt select Detect Clone Replace S M A R T Configuration 12 9 When a drive a logical drive member detects the predictable drive failure the controller will clone the drive with a spare drive After the clone process is completed it will replace the source drive immediately The source drive will be identified as a used drive Step 2 3 2 If you want to see the progress of cloning press ESC to clear the notification message and see the status bar The source drive s status will be defined as a used drive and will be immediately replaced and pulled offline This drive should be replaced with a new one as soon as possible 12 10 RAID Inc Chapter 13 Implementations for AV Applications This chapter introduces new firmware functions that optimize array performance for AV applications iD IMPORTANT Due to the wide variety of I O demands by different AV applications detailed parameters such as read ahead or cache threshold parameters can be otherwise implemented only by communicating with our technical support This chapter only presents two generic configuration options More options will be available for specific applications as customized features NOTE All exemplary screens are captured from a hyper terminal management console
23. are identical to those for partitioning a logical drive A WARNING Partitioning a configured volume will destroy all data stored on it It is best to partition a logical array during the initial system configuration i Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds to V p y p Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 13 the up or down arrow keys to s elect View and Edit Logical Volume then press E NT LV 0 ID 685AE502 i 2021MB DRV 1 Step2 Use the up or down arrow keys to select a Partltion logical volume then pre Logical Volume ss ENT t Step 3 Use the up or down arrow keys to select LV 0 Preso Partition Logical 2021MB 2 Volume then press ENT Q Step 4 The total capacity of the logical volume will be displayed as LV 0 Part 0 one partition Press ENT for 2021MB two seconds tochange the size of the first partition Q Step5 Use the up or down arrow keys to change the LV 0 Part 0 700MB number ofthe flashing digit see thearrow mark then press ENT to move to the next digit V 0 Partition 1 j 1321MB P t Step 6 After changing all the digits press ENT for two seconds to confirm the capacity of this partition You may then use arrow keys to move to thenext partition to configure more partitions The rest of the drive space will be automatically allocated to the next partition You may repeat the process tocreate up to 16 partitions using the
24. function to f lush the cache content Move the cursor bar to Shutdown Controller then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that f ollows then press ENTER The controller will now flush the cache memory c Man Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Hast luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels viens and edit configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices ELITR a maintenance For Controller Maintenance functions such as Download Firmware please refer to Appendix B 4 7 5 Controller Maintenance For Controller Maintenance functions please refer to Appendix C 4 7 6 Saving NVRAM to Disks You can choose to backup your controller dependent configuration information to disks We strongly recommend using thi s function to save the configuration profile whenever a configuration change is made The information will be distributed to every logical drive inthe RAID system If using the StorageWatch manager you can save your configuration details as a file to a computer system drive 1 The Save NVRAM function can be used to preserve you system configuration or to duplicate system configurations to multiple storage systems However the logical drive mapping will not be duplicated when downloading the NVRAM contents of one system to another LUN mapping adheres to specific name tags of logical drives and therefore y
25. l This operation will result in the LOSS OF ALL DATA Nd on the Logical Drive i E 2 a Delete Logical Drive r 3l c yes No m 4 write policy Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 31 6 32 6 8 2 Deleting a Partition of a Logical Drive Bw Col Fe t Step 1 Q Step 2 Q Step 3 Logical Drive 1000MB Partition 0 100MB Partition 1 200MB Partition 2 300MB Partition 3 400MB Figure 6 10 Delete Partition 1 Lai a pe a Choose the logical drive which has a partition you wish to delete then press ENTER Choose Partition logical drive Partitions of the logical drive will be displayed in tabulated form Move the cursor bar to the partition you wish to delete then press ENTER Enter 0 on the partition size to delete the partition Logical Drive 1000MB Partition 0 300MB ll 100 200 Partition 2 400MB Drive Space Allocated to the Previous Partition As illustrated above the capacity of the deleted partition will beadded to the previous partition The number tags of partitions following the deleted partition will also be changed e g p artition 2 becomes partition 1 WARNING Whenever a partition is changed it is necessary to reconfigure the a ssociated host LUN mappings All data kept in the related partitions and the host LUN mappings will be invalidated with partition change RAID Inc 6 8 3 Naming a Log
26. supplier M essage CHL ID Drive WARN Drive HW Error 00B What Happened Drive hardware error returned from a disk driveon CHL ID What to Do The target disk drive may have failed Contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement M essage CHL RCC Channel WARN Unit Attention Received What Happened Unit attention received from RCC channel CHL What to D o Rare occurrences of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target WARN Unit Attention Received 10B What Happened Drive side target unit attention received on a disk drive CHL _ ID What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Check disk drive connection and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL DriveChannel WARN UnitAttention Received 10B What Happened Drive side target unit attention received on a drive channel CHL ID What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Check proper installation and contact your RAID system supplier C 20 RAID Inc M essage CHL ID Drive WARN Aborted Command OOB What Happened Aborted command reported from a disk drive CHL ID What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID DriveWARN Unexpected Sense Received OOB WhatHappened Drive side target unexpected sense received on a disk drive CHL ID Wh
27. 128K Bytes t Step 6 After you selected the directed members press ESC to proceed A Logical Drive Preference menu will prompt 6 3 3 1 Maximum Drive Capacitv Maximum Available Drive Capacity MB 239112 Maximum Drive Capacity MB 239117 Q Step 6 1 As a rule a logical drive should be composed of drives of the same capacity A logical drive can only RAID Inc use the capacity of each drive up to the maximum capacity of the smallest member selected for the array The capacity of the smallest member will be listed here as the maximum drive capacity 6 3 3 2 Assign Spare Drives Maximum Drive Ca acity 17245 HEB Logical Brive Assignments Disk Reserved Space 256 MB write Policy Defaulttwrite Back Initialize Mode On Line Stripe Size Default 128K Bytes m s Tsizecne speed Lc LG aa and Product ID TOEN IN E 17304 200ME NONE NONE NEW DAV DRY SEAGATI ees E pcc cr eS j Step 6 2 You can assign a Local Spare drive to the logical drive from a list of unused disk drives The sparechosen here is a spare exclusively assigned and willautomatically replace a failed drive within thelogical drive The controller will then rebuild data onto the replacement drive in the event of disk dr ive failure A logical drive composed in a non redundancy RAID level NRAID or RAIDO has no fault tolerance and does not support spare drive rebuild WARNING
28. AV Optimization Mode The AV optimization option is applied for the emerging Audio Video streaming applications such as the single stream NLE Non Linear Editing and the multi stream VOD MOD environments The AV Optimization Mode setting provides two configurable options Fewer Streams and Multi Streaming Implementations for AV Applications 13 1 13 2 VO hits Read aheads Fewer Streams Read ahead Performance Applications such as an NLE Non Linear Editing station may issue an I O request for audio video files of the sizes ranging from 1GB to 10GB or even larger Shown below is a RAID3 array configured in a 256KB stripe size With only one 512KB outstanding I O targeting at a large sequential file the first I O falls on two member drives while triggering a sequence of read aheads at the same time Read aheads then occur across all member drives to make use of the combined disk performance The first I O hit will be quickly returned and the read aheads that ensue will be cached in memory I Os are then delivered through the read aheads that are already stored in the fast data cache As the result applications featuring very few streams will be efficiently serviced through read aheads in cache with minimized latency Fewer Strearns 1 or 2 512K B Outstanding IOs Return to Host m HONORE ZEN oc D Imm 1 A i m AR A 2 R ee eem on mo ee RAIDA3 Array F iie c M q J K j 1 3 Cache
29. ENTER on Internet Protocol lt TCP IP gt to display the information of Ethernet port Press ENTER on the chip information to display the View Statistics and the Set IP Address options 1 2 5 View Statistics us ot ara Fd This window displays the current Ethernet link status 1 2 6 Set the IP Address 200 TEFTTTIBIGIO Je ETTO3 BOM 6 Provide a valid IP address for your subsystem controllers Ethernet port Consult your network administrator for an IP address and the associated NetMask and Gateway values You may also key in DHCP if your local network supports automatic IP configuration The IP default is DHCP client However if DHCP server can not be found within several seconds a default IP address 10 10 1 1 will be loaded This feature is available in the Falcon ASIC400 models One drawback of using DHCP is that if cable disconnection or other unpredictable network faults occur your Ethernet port may be assigned with a different IP This may cause problems for the management sessions using the StorageWatch Manager You may not be able to receive important event Connecting Terminal 1 9 1 3 1 3 1 messages before you access the array by re entering the new IP address assigned to the array StorageWatch SANWatch and its sub module the Configuration Client the event notification utility access a configured RAID system through its Ethernet port IP It may take se
30. Ema man s ine daesngls ax i ir rr C Fen kas Ewan enzcdng Tuna k Gap behest 24 and urdan edoe Lis Led n Diis ere AFRI nea E Cunkerredce bender sichi Wicker r Use lmi nE made ork E ut ee A Oe suture eS a Copy and pede Ens dian charte as kao Font type menu hl Font 1 14 RAID Inc Chapter 2 LCD Screen Messages 2 1 The Initial Screen Product Model Firmware Version Status Data Transfer Indicator Figure 2 1 LCD Initial Screen Status Data Transfer Indicator Ready There is at least one logical drive or logical volume mapped to a host ID LUN combination No Host No logical drive created or the logical drive has not LUN yet been mapped to any host ID LUN Indicates the percentage of internal processing resources being consumed not the host bus throughput Each block indicates megabytes of d ata that is currently being processed w IMPORTANT For LCD menu structure please refer to the LCD navigation map which can be acquired through the eSupport or VIProom document distribution areas LCD Screen Messages 2 1 2 2 Quick Installation Screen Quick hogicad Drive Install Figure 2 2 Quick Installation Screen Press ENT to create a logical drive The subsystem controller will start initialization of one logical drive to include all connected disk drives and automatically map the logical drive to the first ID and LUN number of the first host channel The Quick
31. Ma nooflV 8 16 Maxno olUN A 2 Advanced Features Media Scan Supported Verify written data on drives to avoid bad blocks from causing data inconsistency If bad blocks are found data can be reconstructed by comparing and recalculating parity from adjacent drives RAID 1 3 5 6 The Reconstruction Writes are followed by Write Verification operation Firmware Functionality Specifications A8 A 4 Bad Block Handling in degraded mode A method for handling low quality drives The operation is performed on both the logical drive in a degraded mode or those that are being rebuilt If bad blocks should be encountered during Rebuild Add Drive Host Write or Regenerate Parity operation the controller will first attempt to reconstruct affected data and those unrecoverable bad blocks are stated as bad and the controller return to host Users have the option to abandon data on the unrecoverable sectors to continue rebuild in a degraded mode Low quality drive handling comes with transparent resetting of hung hard drives Supported hung HDDs When critical conditions occur e g component Auto cache flush on critical conditions caching mode dynamic switch RAID parity update tracking and recovery Host side Ordered Tag support Drive identification flash drive function Drive information listing Drive read write test Configuration on disks Drive Roaming
32. RAID Inc ELTE l rr BITE Cowectons Laud Eslar 2 Ploy a es Desc atia Ths beet cp sue decth pate cor nae mr eneven ack 7 d mr pmuxiliorzect mane a paquceks 2 boris 2a3dcd nies ath pascua diss ha d em quoa cem rr aa ache oneri Ja r Dizl1l 1nz 152 4 5 IUudeBsHu 182 WAL tona Acte ja Lorne Schr Wa 7 4 Mapping Storage Volumes to Host ID LUNs Hest 1 HBA eS Nu mx mum uu ag a1 th EonPath e Hi EonPa m Soto i we TTTTTTETTTT Ti lt gt gh a SO EEEES CEEL CECCI CLIS e z 5 uc a B T w AS d A Sub groups B Sub groups assigned to Ctrl A Assigned to Ctrl B CHO AIDO CHO BID3 CHO BID1 CHO AID2 LUN Mapping Figure 7 6 Presenting Storage Volumes to Hosts iSCSI Options 7 17 Shown above is an example of LUN mapping scheme presenting 2 logical drives to 2 application servers Each logical drive appears twice on the data links from Controller A or Controller B Use the StoragePath multi pathing driver to manage the fault tolerant pairs of data links from different RAID controllers Below are details of the LUN mapping LDO LD1 CHO BID1 CHO AID2 Group 0 Active paths Ports on Controller A Ports on Controller B Stand by paths Ports on Controller B Ports on Controller A For simplicity reason only 2 LDs are shown Supposed you have a 16 b
33. RAID Inc 8 2 3 Drive I O Timeout The Drive I O Timeout is the time interval for the controller to wait for a drive to respond If the controller attempts to read data from or write data to a drive but the drive does not respond within the Drive I O Timeout value the drive will be considered as a failed drive When the drive itself detects a media error while reading from the drive platter it usually retries the previous reading or re calibrates the read write head When a disk drive encounters a bad block on the media it will attempt to reassign the bad block to a spare block However it takes time to perform the above operations The time to perform these operations can vary between among disk drives by different vendors During channel bus arbitration a device with higher priority can utilize the bus first A device with lower priority will sometimes receive an I O timeout when devices of higher priority keep utilizing the bus The default setting for Drive I O Timeout is 7 seconds It is highly recommended not to change this setting Setting the timeout to a lower value will cause the controller to judge a drive as failed while a drive is still retrying or while a drive is unable to arbitrate the drive bus Setting the timeout to a greater value will cause the controller to keep waiting for a drive and it may sometimes cause a host timeout Fri Jun 14 22 55 7007 lt Main Menu gt Quick installatian view
34. RAID 0 1 3 5 and 6 The new partition must be made available through a host ID LUN Add Drive Procedure Step 1 First select from the Main Menu View and Edit Logical Drive and select a logical drive to add a new drive to RAID Inc NOTE The drive selected for adding should have a capacity no less than the original member drives If possible use drives of the same capacity because all drives in the array are treated as though they have the capacity of the smallest member in the array Step 2 Press ENTER to select a logical drive and choose Add Drives from the submenu Proceed with confirming the selection Wie drives Delete logical driva Partition logical drive ogical drive Mame Expand logical drive Migrate logical drive regenerate parity eOpy and replace drive Madia scan write policy Step 3 Available drives will be listed Select one or more disk drive s to add to the target logical drive by pressing ENTER The selected drive will be indicated by an asterisk mark LG Slot Size MB Speed LG DRV Status Vendor and Product ID a a a S 8 22238569 190MB NONE ERMT DRY mmepsw none rev ony up nme mper Part 238469 150MB NONE FRMT DRY Step 4 Press ESC to proceed and the notification will prompt Array Expansion 11 5 _ dding Hat if teat ban Step 5 Press ESC again to cancel the notification prompt a status ba
35. View Peripheral Device status het Peripheral Device Entri If the replacement has been initialized successfully you may proceed to examine the system status From the Main Menu select View and Edit Peripheral Devices and then View Peripheral Device Status to see that the new controller is being scanned p 22 10 02 18 2885 Cache Status Clean Main Menu gt luick installation View and edit Logical drives View and edit logical Volumes wien and edit Host lurs vien and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameter l edit Peripheral devices View Peripheral Device Status ITEM STRTUS LOCATION Ee Redundant Control ler Scanning I C Peripheral Device perational Arrow Keys Howe Cursor Thu Sep 22 18 83 69 2005 Cache Status Clean m Main Menu gt uick installation View and edit Logical drives View and edit logical Volumes vien and edit Host lunes view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters edit Peripheral devices RAID Inc When the scanning is completed the status will change to Failback Complete 14 5 Configurable Parameters Related to Redundant Controllers 14 5 1 RCC Redundant Controller Communications Channel Status Cache Status Clez HAL 44 c Hain mena Quick installation ujcu amd edit Logical drives uieu and edit logical Volumes wiu and elit Host luns
36. What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier Event Messages C 21 M essage CHL ID Target WARN Negotiation Error Detected What Happened Negotiation errors occurred with the communications with a disk drive CHL ID The event could also occur with drive target data bus sync wide negotiation abnormality What to Do Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel WARN Negotiation Error Detected What Happened Negotiation errors occurred with the communications over a drive channd CHL The event could also occur with drive target data bus syng wide negotiation abnormality What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channa WARN Invalid Status Sense Data Received What Happened Invalid status sense data received on the RCC channel CHL What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target WARN Invalid Status Sense Data Received 10B What Happened Invalid status sense data received by a disk drive CHL ID What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channa WARN Invalid Status Sense Data Received What Happened Invalid status sense
37. limited For making SSH link using Windows there are SSH tools such as the PuTTY shareware If a shareware is used it may be necessary to configure the display options e g the Character set translation on received data and font type setting in order for the terminal screen to be correctly displayed The appearance settings may vary on different SSH tools Connecting Terminal 1 13 Character set translation setting Appearance menu Pull Recurifiqursation e Pul TY Reconfigur atiuri Calea Cargas EF Senior Option coa ing character ost harsien E Secor Colici Hic anpearcnox of Pul Tre ind nia b Loc ng Daage ce yani aden ege sec dela f Loocing pu Fe usse ol EE cii E Tarna Rin FF ems Ten E us ENG Bensid data si medin Ee in which ceimcter cel i ke bun Dur anpa arenas i Bel Lss fot encad Ball W End C mina D Yericel ine Lo Features ILadepszes supported by Windows buk rot isiad hers Peodutcs Curent ans Eb wrd zuzh Eee on nane ceclens can bs entered E uina Era a e Fog mani be a Fane i Foni ced inthe bim aod void ooa k Behsuin r z 2 Dehau Trewlsticn Tiss CIF ambiguos LE ar Hds t Trah Font Tamie TA pon Chenga f Sektion Caci Lock ats oe Curie suich po Sede ior Metus Acad hore PuTTY ences Ries dhasi chercher Mec E ENT E 4 SEH Handing of ire diam Hawi E tom cesar tse ie a orent Ko Lj Use Unicode bac daang code cecinta Ege Aud fre nindo border
38. same method described above Q Step 7 Press ESC several times to return to the Main Menu V IMPORTANT If operating with a Unix based system reset the subsystem for the c onfiguration to take effect if any changes have been made to partition sizes and partition arrangement 5 6 Mapping a Logical Volume Logical Drive to Host LUN The process of mapping associating with a logical drive is identical t o that of mapping a logical volume The process of mapping a logical volume is used here as a configuration sample The idea of host LUN mapping is diagrammed as follows Physical Logical Drive Host Channels Application Server s Ysica Drives Figure 5 4 Host LUN Mapping Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Use th eup or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Host Luns then press ENT i IMPORTANT Note the following details before proceeding View and Edit 1 Host Luns Slot A or Slot B IDs If using firmware before rev 3 48 lo gical group of drives logical drive logical volume previously assigned to the Slot A controller cannot be re assigned to aSlot B controller Neither can those assigned to the Slot B controller be mapped to a Slot A controller ID Your subsystem comes with Slot A IDs only You need to manually create Slot B IDs in a dual controller configuration Please enter View and Edit Channels menu to create or remove a host ID A CAUTION Firmware revision
39. the drive m ay be defective or not installed correctly Please check your enclosure installation and contact your system vendor Q Step 3 Press ENT on a drive Choose View Drive I View Drive Information nformation by pressing ENT Use the up or down arrow keys to navigate through the screens Revision Number 0274 Q Step4 The Revision Number of the selected drive will be shown Press the downarrow key to see other information Other information screens include Serial Number Disk Capacity displayed in blocks each block equals 512K Bytes and Node Name WWNN RAID Inc iD IMPORTANT f Drives of the same brand model capacity might not feature the same block number f The basic read write unit of a hard drive is logical block If members of a logical drive have different block numbers capacity the smallest block number will be taken as the maximum capacity to be used in every drive for constructing a logical array Therefore use drives of the same capacity so your investment is not wasted f You may assign a Local Spare Drive to a logical drive whose members have a block number equal to or smaller than the Local Spare Drive but you should not do the reverse 5 3 Creating a Logical Drive Q Step1 To create a logical Vi d Edit drive press ENT for two t an l X Logical Drives seconds to enter the Main Menu Use the up or down arrow keys to navigate throug h the menus Choose
40. 5 1 Press ENT once initialization to change the Mode Online status digits into a question mark ii d Q Step 8 5 2 Use the arrow keys to select either the Online or the Off sd mode Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 9 Q Step 8 5 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm your change 5 3 10 Stripe Size This menu allows you to change thearray stripe size Settin to ien d eee y p l 5 Default s anincongruous value can severely drag performance This item should only be changed when you can test the combinations of different I O sizes andarray stripe sizes and can be sure of the performance gains it might bring you For example if the I O size is 256k data blocks will be written to two of the member drives of a 4 drive array while the RAID firmware will read the remaining member s in order to generate the parity data For simplicity reasons we use RAID3 in the samples below 200K RAID controller parity needs to be read into memory in order to generate parity 128k 128k o 69 69 9 7 A B C P Figure 5 1 256k I O size amp an Array with a 128k Stripe Size In an ideal situation a 384k I O size allows data to be written to 3 member drives and parity data to be simultaneously generated without the RAID Inc effort to consult data from other members of an array f ku 2 384k RAID controller if data size fits 3 members the read effort will be un
41. 7 1 3 iSCSI Options ELT Th TSHS sa wel IP sadness a a view and edit eee devices system Functions view system Information vigw and edit Event logs 197 mi ar ir ir ie eee fos Be a a a a a aa view and edit Configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices system Functions l view system Infarmation view and edit Event logs SLP Support SLP Service Location Protocol is also an IETF standard for service discovery and automatic configuration of clients SLP evolves from RFC 4018 Finding Internet Small Computer Systems Interface iSCSI Targets and Name Servers by Using Service Location Protocol version 2 SLPv2 SLP is passively supported and the S16E system will return DA acknowledgement to SLP agent requesting a presence note Please consult your initiator hardware or software for how to enable the SLP service on the host side 1 5 7 6 7 2 CHAP Login Authentication CHAP is one of the ways to authenticate access from networked servers to the iSCSI storage EE ED EP i Lx wd ACCESS CONTROL EonPath EonPath sii isna ie SLP TD Net ask IN iP CHAP F aopen g ajja SIGE iSCSI RAID Figure 7 1 iSCSI Discovery and Access Control Methodologies V IMPORTANT Make sure you enable the Login Authentication CHAP option under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Host side Parameters if you prefer using CHAP authentication
42. Assigning Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings 6 7 1 Adding a Local Spare Drive A spare drive is a standby drive that automatically participates in the rebuild of logical arrays A spare drive must have an equal or larger capacity than the array members A Local Spare is one that participate in the rebuild of a logical drive it is assigned to A Global Spare participates in the rebuild of all configured logical drives and it should have a capacity equal to or larger Wiew drive information add Local spare drive TEM IC3SLO1SF2D210 Gla e al a separa Urra add Ere eure spare drive SEAGATE STILESO4FC Identify drive 7 disk Reserved space 256 mb IC35L146F2DYl1O oh A ILES v d 285846 SUUME reu LINE 8EAGATE ST320UQO6 FC OE 255846 ZOUMB i ew LINE SEAGATE ST3300QO07FC 4 11 285646 ZOOME 1 QH LINE SEAGATE ST33bBUSPC 2 JET 285846 200MB 1 GN LINE SEAGATE sT3300007FC Arraw Keys Move Cursor Enter 5e lect Esc Confirm Ctri LiRetresh Screen Q Step 1 Select View and Edit Drives on the Main Menu then press ENTER Move the cursor bar to a drive that is not included in a logical drive or as a spare drive usually indicated as a New Drive and then press ENTER Q Step2 Select Add Local Spare Drive and press ENTER A list of existing logical drives displays Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 27 6 28 t Step 3 Move the cursor bar to a logical drive then press
43. Configuration Since firmware revision 3 48 users can freely map a logical configuration to both the Controller A and Controller B IDs putting forth different LUN views RAID Inc of a logical storage unit to different initiators HBAs on servers The I O load to a logical drive can be dynamically shared by partner controllers The traditional mapping method requires at least two logical units which are separately managed by a RAID controller Each logical unit is associated either with Controller A or Controller B IDs The dual active configuration engages all system resources to performance Users may also assign all logical configurations to one controller and let the other act as a standby active standby Cache Synchronization Mirrored Cache The Write back caching significantly enhances controller performance However if one controller fails in the redundant controller configuration data cached in its memory will be lost and data inconsistency will occur when the surviving controller takes over and attempts to complete the writes Cache synchronization distributes cached writes to both controllers and each controller stores an exact replica of the cache content on its counterpart In the event of controller failure the unfinished writes will be completed by the surviving controller Redundant Controller 14 5 14 6 14 3 Array Configuration Processes in Dual controller Mode General Firmware Configuration Proced
44. Delete logical drive Partition lagical drive logical drive Name logical drive assignments Expand logical drive Migrate this legical drive LEN No E 3 p at t9 Step3 A selection box should prompt allowing you to choose a RAID level to migrate to Press ENTER o n RAID6 CERCO RAID 6 REESE pescar ro SESE63A9 NA RAIDS 1800 a Good GOOD SE 2 t Step 4 A list of member drives and unused disk drives new or used drives should prompt In the case of migrating a 3 drive RAID5 to 4 drive RAID6 you can select the original members of the RAID5 array and select one more disk drive to meet the mini mum requirements of RAID6 You may also select different disk drives in your RAID enclosure for composing the new RAID6 array Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 19 6 20 cache statue C ID S5ize iMB Speed Lo DRV vendor and Froducr IU STATUS 845 2O0MB sa ON LINE SEAGATE ST3L8s04FC ne 2858465 zw olon LIME SEAGATE 5T3300007FC 204 285846 200MB GLOBAL GLOBAL aTAND BY SEAGATE ST SPUD FE TN 2858445 JOONME NONE HEW ORV S5EAGATE STSS00007FC C4 10 285846 zooms EI NEw DRM SEAGATE 3T3300007FC Z 3 11 ZOUMB woNE NEW DRV HEW DRY SEAGATE T336605FL 285836 200MB HONE NEW DRY SEAGATE STIJODUDZFU Arrow KYS HOWE CUP Sor Enter S lect t Step 5 Press ESC to proceed to the ne
45. Drive Channel A drive channel within a dual controller configuration will carry both an AID and a BID that are preserved for the channel chip processors on Slot A and Slot B controllers NA No ID applied i IMPORTANT For a single controller configuration no IDs will be shown for adrive channel status screen For a dual controller configuration drive channels come with preset IDs These IDs are as signed to the chip processors on the partner controllers RAID Inc 2 Controller Voltage and Temperature Press ENT for two seconds to enter the M Vice end Rave ain Menu Press the up or Peripheral Dev down arrow keys to select View and Edit Peripheral Dev then press ENT Ctlr Peripheral Device Config Press the up or down arrow keys to select Ctlr Peripheral Device Config ees View Ctlr Periph Press ENT choose View Ctlr Device CCa ruc Periph Device Status then press ENT Voltage Monitor Press the up or down arrow keys to gt i choose either Voltage Monitor or Temperature Monitor Temperature Monitor ner Select Temperature and 12V 12 077V Voltage Monitor by pressing ENT Operation Normal Press the up or down arrow keys to browse through the various voltage and temperature statuses 5v 4 938v Operation Normal n Safe Range CPU 43 5 C 3 3V 3 384V Board1 46 5 C Operation Normal in Sate Range CPU 43 5 C in Safe Range
46. ENTER Mon Jun 10 14 15 16 2002 Cache Status 62 Dirty controller Initialization Completed Event Index 90 tialization Jun 10 13 34 56 2002 ID severity Notification Drive Completed Event Type Controller Event ID Description Controller Initialization Completed Controller Initialization completed lt 2002 06 09 19 30 15 controller Initialization Completed 2002 06 09 19 18 40 controller Initialization Completed c2002 06 09 18 54 29 controller Initialization Completed 2c2002 06 09 15 58 03 Esc Exit Ctrl L Refre To check for more details about a specific event move the cursor bar to ig a specific event and press the Space key to display the complete hli ght event information To clear the saved event logs scroll the cursor down to select an event and press ENTER to delete the event and the events below Clear Below Event Logs Yes EIN Choose Yes to clear the recorded event logs RAID Inc Chapter 4 Optimization amp Preparation Tasks There are preference parameters that cannot be easily altered after the creation of logical arrays Reconfiguration takes time and inappropriate configurations prevent you from getting the best performance from your RAID Inc arrays It is therefore highly recommended to thoroughly consider preferences such as stripe sizes caching parameters etc before creating your logical arra
47. ENTER RAID Inc Array Expansion From the menu select Partition Logical Drive You will see that the 25GB logical drive is composed of a 17GB partition and an 8 4GB partition Map the new partition to a host LUN The new partition must be mapped to a host LUN in order for the HBA host bus adapter to recognize its presence Once you have mapped the partition reboot your Windows server The HBA should be able to detect an additional disk during the initialization process Return to Windows 2000 Server s Disk Management There now exists a Disk 2 with 8 3GB of free space You may use the rescan disks command to bring up the new drive m Computer Management l Action view En a Tree Computer Management Local E i System Tools amp Event Viewer Ea System Information amp 4 Performance Logs and Alerts C Shared Folders 4 amp Device Manager FF Local Users and Groups E eu Storage i3 Disk Management lt S Disk Defragmenter i23 Logical Drives e Removable Storage 5 de Services and Applications lt SDisk 1 Dynamic New Volume E 16 58 GB 16 58 GB NTFS Online Healthy foyer T B Unallocated ll Primary Partition J Simple Volume Select an existing volume Disk1 and then right click on the disk column Select Extend Volume to proceed 11 15 11 16 volume Layon
48. Encountered CHL 11D 0 Target WARN Unexpected Disconnect Encountered CHL 1 Drive Channel WARN Unexpected Disconnect Encountered CHL 1 RCC Channel WARN Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete CHL 11D 0 Target WARN Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete CHL 1 Drive Channel WARN Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete CHL 1RCC Channel WARN Parity CRC Error Detected CHL 11D 1 Host Channel WARN Parity CRC Error Detected CHL 1 Host Channel WARN Parity CRC Error Detected CHL 0ID O Drive WARN Unexpected Drive Not Ready 00B Event Messages C 3 C 3 C 4 CHL 01D 0 Drive WARN Drive HW Error 00B CHL 0 RCC Channel WARN Unit Attention Received CHL 01D 0 Target WARN Unit Attention Received 10B CHL 0 Drive Channel WARN Unit Attention Received 10B CHL 01D 0 Drive WARN Aborted Command 00B CHL 01D 0 Drive WARN Unexpected Sense Received 00B CHL 0ID O Drive WARN Block Reassignment Failed 0 10B CHL 0RCC Channel WARN Data Overrun Underrun Detected CHL 01D 0 Target WARN Data Overrun Underrun Detected CHL 0 Drive Channel WARN Data Overrun Underrun Detected CHL 0RCC Channel WARN Negotiation Error Detected CHL 01D 0 Target WARN Negotiation Error Detected CHL 0 Drive Channel WARN Negotiation Error Detected CHL 0 RCC Channel WARN Invalid Status Sense Data Received CHL 01D 0 Target WARN Invalid Status Sense Data Received CHL 0 Drive Channel WARN Invalid Status Sense Data Received CHL 0 WARN Redundant Loop Connection Error De
49. Execution Period Not Set Media Scan Mode Concurrence Hedia Scan Priority Normal Select logical drives This option determines whether Media Scan is automatically conducted whenever the RAID system is reset or powered on Start Time and Date Execute on Controller Initialization YES 1 T Start time and date Fri May 7 14 09 00 2004 Set Start Time and Date M4pchbem vv F Step 3 3 Enter time and date in its numeric representatives in the following order month day hour minute and the year Execution Period Execute on Central Start time and date Media Scan Mode Media Scan Priority Select logical driv The scheduler memorizes the date and the time the actions are to be executed Select one of the following f Ifthe action is intended to be executed for one time only select Execution Once f n the case of a periodic action the action is executed at the specified start time and then re enacted at the time interval indicated in the execution period so as to be executed again later The selectable interval ranges from one second to several weeks 10 7 10 8 Step 3 4 Step 3 5 Step 3 6 Media Scan Mode Execute on Controller Initialization YES Start time and date Fri May 7 14 09 00 2004 Execution Period Not Set Media Scan Mode Concurrence H S Set Execution Mode to Sequence No If the maintenance schedule inclu
50. For an off line expansion the expansion will be discontinued by a single disk failure The expansion operation will not continue after the rebuild is completed Users have to start the expand process again M essage LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 Media Scan Failed What Media Scan failed to carry on with scanning drive s for certain H appened reasons e g a logical drive or a disk drive has fatally or physically failed What to Do M edia Scan on a failed disk drive will stop but the scan on healthy members of a target LD will continue For some OEM version the choice between proceeding or ending a M edia Scan operation depends on the integrity of an LD If the LD status is not good eg a member drivefails and enters a degraded mode then the Media Scan operation will pause for healthy members of the target LD When the LD restores its good status e g a faulty drive replaced and the LD is successfully rebuilt then firmware will resume the Media Scan operation Media Scan on the replacement drive will start from the beginning M essage LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan A borted W hat Media Scan operation is aborted for certain reasons e g it has H appened been manually canceled What to Do Check disk drive and system operation status M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone Failed Aborted What Drive cloning failed It could result from one of the following H appened reasons 1 Cloning has been canceled by a u
51. Forexample if you want to migrate a RAID5 array consisting of three 3 drives to RAID6 one additional disk drive should be available Different features of RAID5 and RAID6 arrays are summarized as follows Table 6 2 RAID5 and RAID6 Comparison RAID5 RAID6 Min No of 3 4 Member Drives N 1 1 drive s capa N 2 2 drives cap city used for storin acity used for stor g parity data ing parity data N gt 4 Usable Capacity If individual disk capacity 100G Capacity of a 4 drive RAID5 4 1 x 100G 300G Capacity of a 4 drive RAID6 4 2 x 100G 200G Redundancy Single disk drive 2 disk drives to failure fail at the same time Requirements for Migrating a RAID5 Array The precondition for migrating a RAID5 array to RAID6 is f The usable capacity of the RAID6 array should be equal or larger than the usable capacity of the original RAID5 array RAID Inc To obtain a larger capacity for migrating to RAID6 you can 1 Add Drive s Include one or more disk drives into the array 2 Copy and Replace Use larger disk drives in the array to replace the original members of the RAID5 array 6 4 2 Migration Methods The conditions for migrating a RAID5 array to RAID6 are diagrammed as follows Fault condition The usable capacity of the RAID6 array is smaller than the usable capacity of the original RAIDS array RAIDS RAID6 ES A Capacity Capacity 2005 200G 4 1 x 200 2005 2005
52. HMaxtor 7Y258HB Uien drive information lilgnk aFu drive GT rro leus Hoye Cursor IlEntertielect tTEsctixit 422 tL isi resh Screen Step 3 The cloning process will begin with a notification message Press ESC to proceed Urive Copying Notification LG Logical Drive MOTICE CHL 1 ID 3 Starting Clone Step 4 The cloning process will be indicated by a status bar 12 2 RAID Inc Step 5 You may quit the status bar by pressing ESC to return to the table of the connected drives Select the drive indicated as CLONING by pressing ENTER Step 6 Select Clone Failing Drive again to view the current status You may identify the source drive and choose to View Clone Progress or Abort Clone if you happen to have selected the wrong drive Step 7 When the process is completed you will be notified by the following message Drive Copying F abe 12 2 2 Perpetual Clone The standby spare will clone the source drive the member drive with predicted errors or any selected drive without substituting it The status of the spare drive will be displayed as clone drive after the cloning process The source drive will remain a member of the logical drive If the source drive fails the clone drive can readily take its place in the array Step 1 In View and Edit Drives locate the member drive that shows predicted errors Select Clone Failing Dr
53. Happened TheCOM serial link to UPS deviceis now valid Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage UPSAC Power Restored What Happened UPS reports AC power source is now restored Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage UPS Battery Restored to Safe Level 0 What Happened UPS battery is charged to a safe leve able to protect system operation Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage SA F TE Device 2 NOTICE UPS Power Back On Line WhatHappened Power supplied by UPS is now restored Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 2 DeviceNOTICE UPS2AC Power Back On Line What Happened UPS2AC power source restored Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 2 Device NOTICE UPS 2 Battery Back On Line What Happened UPS 2 Battery charge or battery failure restored What to Do Press ESC to dear this message Event Messages C 31 M essage SES COIO UPS 2 UPS Power Back On Line WhatHappened UPS 2 connected through SES interface reports power back online Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message C 4 Controller Events C 4 1 Critical M essage ALERT 43 3V Low Voltage Detected V WhatHappened The detected 3 3V voltage source is lower than the preset voltage threshold What to D o l Check power supply working condition 2 Check voltage threshold settings if you do not know the appropriate threshold value for voltage monitoring please usethe
54. ID encapsulates up to 32 LUNs and up to 1024 LUNs are configurable through all host ports A storage volume can be associated with any of the LUNs under the host channel IDs Most host adapter cards treats a LUN like another storage device z L M Figure 8 1 ID and LUNs as a Cabinet and Its Drawers 4 Main Menu gt 4 Maximum Queued I O count 1024 LUMS per Host SCSI ID E zr of Concurrent H st LUN Connection 64 Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection 4 Device Type Parameters Variable Head variable Sector Variable P hentication with CHAP Disable Drive 51de Parameters Disk Array Parameters Controller Parameters Choose LUNs per Host ID then press ENTER A list of selections will appear Move the cursor bar to an item then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting RAID Inc 8 1 5 LUN Applicability Why Setting LUN Applicability The LUN Applicability settings apply in environments where system administrators use in band methodology for management access to a RAID system If no logical drive has been created and mapped to a host LUN and the RAID controller is the only device connected to the host computer usually the operating system will not load the driver for the host adapter If the driver is not loaded the host computer will not be able to use the in band utility to communicate with the storage
55. Installation c an only be performed when no logical drive has been configured IMPORTANT f In a large enclosure with many drive bays or a configuration that spans across multiple enclosures including al disk drives into a logical drive MAY NOT BE a good idea A logical drive with too many members may cause difficulties with maintenance e g rebuilding a failed drive will take a long time f RAID arrays deliver a high I O rate by having all disk drives spinning and returning I O requests simultaneously If the combined performance of a large array exceeds the maximum transfer rate of a host channel you will not be able to enjoy the performance gain by simultaneous disk access SOMBis Mechanical speed g 4b 16x fe Logical Drive speed amp lLejlls JLS JLSJLEJLSIL ORALLY BA B sox 18 cons dud cibo y i Panty calculating efforts d db 720 or 730MB s 400MBis Host Bus The diagram shows a logical drive consisting of 16 members 2 2 RAID Inc and associated with a host ID as the result of using the Quick Installation function in a 16 bay enclosure Although hostapplications may not always achieve the theoretical numbers shown here the host bus bandwidth apparently becomes abottleneck and the benefit of simultaneous disk access will be seriously reduced 2 3 Logical Drive Status Logical Drive RAID level Number of drives LGO RAID5 DRV 3 2021MB GD SB 1 Logical Drive status Figure
56. LERT Cooling Fan Failure Detected Idx 2 Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cooling Fan2 Failure Detected Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cooling Fan2 Not Present Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Low Speed Detected 0 RPM SES COIO Cooling Fan 0 Device N ot Supported SA F TE Device O JALERT Elevated Temperature Alert Peripheral Device ALERT CPU Cold Temperature Detected 0 0 C Peripheral Device ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Temperature Sensor 0 Failure Detected Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Temperature Sensor O N ot Present Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Cold Detected O C SES COIO Temp Sensor O Device N ot Supported UPS Connection Is A bsent SA F TE Device 2 ALERT UPS Power Failure Detected Peripheral Set O Device ALERT UPSOAC Power Failure Detected Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT UPS 0 Battery Failure Detected Warning UPS AC Power Loss Detected Warning UPS Battery Low 096 SES COIO UPS 2 Device Not Supported ALERT EndosurelID Conflict Invalid C 3 2 Notification SA F TE Device 2 NOTICE Fan Back On Line l dx 11 NOTICE FAN ModuleA Back On Line FAN 0 ORPM NOTICE Controller FAN 1 Back On Line O RPM Peripheral Device NOTICE Fan Back On Line Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1is Present Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line O RPM SES CO10 Cooling Fan 1 Fan Back On Line SAF TE Device 1 NOTICE Temperature Back
57. LUN mapping process that will be described in the following section you should also designate the access route to the iSCSI array through the management interface of your hardware software initiator screen captures of Microsoft iSCSI Initiator are used in the following sample procedure Open the Microsoft iSCSI Initiator utility and click on the Discovery tab to open the Target Portals screen iSCSI Options 7 11 7 12 Click the Add button to open the Add Target Portal CSI Inithator Properties Bener Discover Targets Ferident Targets Bound volumes Dances Tanger Portals Fen Actopter IP Across 10 5 01 Delauk Detak 10 0 0 2 xn D elauk Dre nnd 10 0 3 X D Dalaut Detank 10 0 0 4 xn Delauk Dresd 10 10 10 1 Enni Micioeot SCS dior 192 158 Fiemewe Fishesh Felig H m LU ance ALUN You may manually enter the address of your iSCSI storage or click on the Advanced button to configure associated settings such as CHAP access security Bahl tarat portad x Tepa the IP edirss o 25365 ne nis sed code urbe c ths stel you eua assi Ck Aib ance bo sek ci soa Ke celts Pur Le perire y session bo che tal F osdcress ice DAG nave AE In the Advanced Settings window you can configure security options and the IP address of the connected iSCSI storage should be available in the Source IP field RAID Inc Advanced settings E a
58. Line Init Table BAD LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Bad Data Block Marked 000000084 LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT UNPROTECTED Block Marked 000000084 LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Bad Data Block Encountered 000000084 LG 0 ALERT Inconsistent Parity Encountered Block 000000084 LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Cache Data Purged LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Fatal Fail LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Invalid Array LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Incomplete array CHL 01D 0 ALERT Media Error Unrecoverable OxO C 1 2 Notification LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue Rebuild Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Rebuild LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Rebuild of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue Parity Regeneration Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Parity Regeneration LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Parity Regeneration of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Creation of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Initialization LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE On Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Off Line Initialization RAID Inc C 2 LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Off Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Expansion LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE On Line Expansion of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Off Line Expansion LG 0 Logical Drive N
59. Programs gt Accessories gt Communications menu For other details on connecting to the serial port please refer to the Installation and Hardware Reference Manual that came with your subsystem 1 1 4 Starting a Terminal Program Windows XP Hyper Terminal Locate and start a hyper terminal program in the Windows program menu Start gt Accessories gt Communications gt Hyper Terminal The program starts with an input field requiring you to enter a name for the connection Connecting Terminal 1 3 Connection Description LES Mew Connsctian Enter a name end choose an icon for the conneclion uH Qi Step 3 The next screen requires you to select a serial port on your PC Connect Ta Enter detail Far the phone number that you want ta dial Eountri regian Unfed States 1 Area code ine as 2 step 4 Select appropriate baud rate and data stop bit values identical to those set for the COM1 port on your RAID subsystem Click OK and you should then be able to establish a management console RAID INC 1 4 Enm1 Properties j xl Port Senge Els vet sacoret EEE Data bits E Eak hnnc Stop bits L Elos ennt Hardware Eastora Daul UF Leal opal 1 1 2 Starting RS 232C Terminal Emulation The keys used when operating via the terminal are as follows 11 To select options Enter To go to a sub menu or to execute
60. Save restore NVRAM to from disks failure or BBU under charge cached data will be flushed and the write policy will be changed to write through mode Configurable Trigger Events for Write through Write Back Dynamic Switch The configuration can also be set with the OEM lappend utility Yes to avoid write holes Supports write commands with embedded Ordered amu amu Force a drive to light on its activit indicator for users to visually recognize its position in a configuration consisting of numerous disk drives Supported Drive vendor name model number firmware revision capacity blocks serial number narrow wide and current sync speed Supported Supported The logical drive information is recorded on drive media The logical drives can still be accessed if using different RAID Inc RAID controllers subsystems e g drives removed and installed in a different subsystem Supported Save all the settings stored in the controller NVRAM to the logical drive members Now this feature comes with an option whether to restore the previously saved password in case an administrator changed the password some time before RAID Inc Save restore Supported Save all the settings stored in the NVRAM to from a controller NVRAM to a file via GUI manager on file user s computer Now this feature comes with an option whether to restore the previously saved password in case an administrator ch
61. Select FE5sr FExit LtritlL Refresh Screen The Grouping function is found in the View and Edit Channels menu You can combine multiple host ports into 1 or 2 logical channel groups A logical drive mapped to a channel group will appear as one device This is very similar to the use of multi pathing drivers However host ports on different RAID controllers are not grouped together Without Grouping With Grouping Figure 7 3 RAID Volume Presented on Host Ports With or Without Grouping 7 14 RAID Inc Channel Group 0 k a a a a a i F i a 1 4 CHO CHI Controller A CH2 CH3 jsaceeeneeen Sub Group A a a LE Controller B CH2 CH3 LPB PRPS ERR EERE EL a page Sub Group B 7 Figure 7 4 Channel Group in a Redundant Controller Configuration The above drawing shows CHO and CH1 host ports that are grouped into a logical channel Group 0 However host ports on Controller A and Controller B are not grouped together One volume mapped to both an AID and a BID will appear as two devices on host links You will then need the StoragePath driver to handle the fault tolerant paths EonPath Channel le Channel Group JA Group Controller A Controller B CHO AIDO CH BID1 LUN Mapping Figure 7 5 LDO Presented on Redundant Controller Channel Groups iSCSI Options 7 15 7 16 NOTE 1 Once
62. Status LED on the power supply unit on the rear pang If the Amber LED is lit constantly that indicates that a power Event Messages C 25 supply has failed If the LED is off check the power cord is connected correctly or the corresponding AC is ok Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Power Supply 0 Failure Detected What Happened Power supply failure detected through an 12C serial bus What to D o Check the Power Supply Status LED on the front panel of system or check the PSU Status LED on the power supply unit on the rear panel If the Amber LED is lit constantly that indicates that a power supply has failed If the LED is off check the power cord is connected correctly or the corresponding AC is ok Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Power Supply O Not Present WhatHappened No power supply module is installed in the expected module set 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 W hat to Do Check proper moduleinstallation If an installed module can not be detected contact your RAID supplier M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Low Voltage Detected 5V What Happened Low voltage detected from the power supply Power supply may have become unstable What to Do Check proper module installation and contact your RAID supplier fora replacement module M essage SES CO10 Power Supply O Device N ot S
63. Troubleshooting About This Manual This manual provides all of the necessary information that a system administrator needs to configure and maintain Falcon iSCSI to SAS or iSCSI to SATA RAID subsystems There are several other manuals that came with your RAID subsystem Installation and Hardware Reference Manual For hardware related information SANWatch User s Manual For the Java based GUI SANWatch manager providing remote and concurrent management of RAID subsystems Configuration Planning Guide For RAID basic concepts topology configurations and basic steps to create RAID elements Quick Installation Guide For basic steps getting the system to work The order of the chapters is arranged in accordance with the steps necessary for creating a RAID array The terminal screen displays and the LCD messages may vary when using subsystems running different firmware revisions Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chap ter 5 Shows users how to make RS 232 serial port or Ethernet connections for using terminal emulation or telnet access to the firmware embedded configuration utility Helps users understand screen elements and messages on the LCD display Teaches users how to interpret the information found on the RS 232C terminal emulation Teaches users how to setup the optimal settings caching parameters and other preparation tasks before creating RAID arrays Provides step by step instruct
64. View and Edit Logical Drives and then press ENT Q Step2 Press the up or down p o arrow keys to select a wNort Defined 2 logical driveentry then press ENT for two seconds to proceed LD is short for Logical Drive 5 3 1 Choosing a RAID Level i Step3 Use the up or down TpRv 24 Create arrow keys to select the LG Level RAID6 desired RAID level then press ENT for two seconds IDRV Total Drives refers to thenumber of all available DOREM Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 5 5 6 5 3 2 5 3 3 5 3 4 Choosing Member Drives t Step 4 Press ENT for two seconds the message RAID 6 Selected RAID X selected To Select drives To Select drives will prompt Confirm your selection by pressing ENT Slot 239367MB New DRV SEAGATE Press ENT then use the up or d 45 671 939367MB own arrow keys to LG 0 SL SEAGATE browse through the available dri Q Step 5 Ves t Step 6 Press ENT again to select deselect indiv idual disk drives An asterisk mark will appear on the selected drive s To deselect a drive press ENT again on the selected drive The mark will disappear Q Step 7 After ll the desired hard drives have been selected press E for two Bhanse poodesi seconds to continue Drive Parameter Logical Drive Preferences Q Step 8 You may enter the following screen to Change Logical Drive Parameter by pr essing ENT before initializing the logical d
65. What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement module M essage Controller BBU Thermal Shutdown Enter Sl eeo M ode WhatHappened Thefollowing conditions will causethe charger circuits to enter a low power and self protection state l The temperature sensor on the charger circuit reports elevated temperature reading gt 45 degree Celsius 2 The BBU battery cell pack has been charged for over 14 3 hours The BBU charger will enter a timer fault state Whatto Do 1 Check proper ventilation within the subsystem You may also check the readings from other sensors within the endosure Airflow might have been disrupted by the absence of one or several major modules or the failure of a cooling fan Once the thermal condition is improved charging will resume automatically Event Messages C 33 2 If anew battery module has been charged for over 14 3 hours and this event is issued you may remove and reinstall the battery module An empty battery module may take more than 14 3 hours to be fully charged There is a timer embedded with the charger doing so can reset the timer Charging will resume automatically C 4 2 Warning M essage Memory Not Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config What Happened The installed memory size does not support current configuration Try usingaDIMM moduleof alarger size What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact yo
66. WrTis Throogn ES j LET The configuration options are related to the Event Triggered Operation feature RAID Inc The Event Triggered Operation feature allows the firmw are to automatically enable or disable Write back caching in the event of component failure or critical system alarms As shown below a relatively unsafe condition will force the controller to assume a conservative Write through caching mode Event Logs NOTICE Controller BEU Fully charged F iun Z4 02 09 06 2005 Contrnller Default write Policy Restore Jun zT 27 02 32 20052 Force controller write Threugh an Trigger Cause ium 23 23 02 26 200554 me Controller BBU ig Charging ium 25 23 02 21 42005 Controller EBU Fully Charged Jum 21 19 40 45 2005 NOTICE Controller Default write Policy Restore Tun 21 1G 36 49 20052 LE Force controlle imii ireugh aom Tr igger Causes s Ue jum 2l 15 33 42 200522 ROTICE controller RBU 175 Charging im Tur ium zl 16 33 39 2005 gt Ec cs 2 A Default Write back option is available with individual logical arrays If a logical array s Write back mode is set to Default the caching mode of that particular array will be dynamically controlled by the firmware 3 If the Write back mode is manually specified as Enabled or Disabled in a particular logical array then I Os directed tothat array will be handled in accordance with the setting regardless of
67. a member of logical drive 0 and the stand by drive Channel 1 ID 2 the dedicated global spare drive has become a CLONE drive RAID Inc 12 3 S M A R T Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology This section provides a brief introduction to S M A R T as one way to predict drive failure and RAID Inc s implementations with S M A R T for preventing data loss caused by drive failure A Introduction Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology S M A R T is an emerging technology that provides near term failure prediction for disk drives When S M A R T is enabled the drive monitors predetermined disk drives attributes that are susceptible to degradation over time If a failure is likely to occur S M A R T makes a status report available so that the host can prompt the user to backup data from the failing drive However not all failures can be predicted S M A R T predictions are limited to the attributes the drive can monitor which are selected by the device manufacturer based on the attribute s ability to contribute to predict degrading or fault conditions Although attributes are drive specific a variety of typical characteristics can be identified Head flying height Data throughput performance Spin up time Re allocated sector count Seek error rate Seek time performance Spin try recount Drive calibration retry count c eee en eee Drives with reliabil
68. a selected option Esc To cancel an option or return to the previous menu Ctrl L To refresh the screen information If you connect the RS 232C cable while the RAID subsystem is powered on press Ctrl L to refresh the screen information Key combinations may vary depending on the terminal software you use Connecting Terminal 1 5 1 6 The initial screen appears when the controller finishes its self test and is properly initialized Use arrow keys to select terminal emulation mode then press ENTER to enter the Main Menu Fri Jul 5 17 55 12 2002 Cache Status Clean BAT and logical volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices system Functions view system Information view and edit Event logs Arrow Keys Move Cursor Enter Select Esc Exit Ctrl L Refresh Screen Functional Main Manu Choose a functional item from the Main Menu to begin configuring your RAID RAID Inc 1 2 Communication Parameters The Communication Parameters is the first sub menu under the View and Edit Configuration Parameters menu In addition to the baud rate and terminal emulation options which have been discussed earlier the sub menu contains other options to prepare your management session using the Ethernet connection To access the sub menu use your arrow keys to select
69. across different enclosures increases the chance of removing the wrong drive mixing SAS and SATA drive s of different RPM s etc The Enclosure Spare helps prevent the situation from causing inconvenience An Enclosure Spare only participates in the rebuild of drives that reside in the same enclosure Configuration Process WWE LCD Keypad t Step 1 Select View and viaw and Bait Edit Drives from the Drives T terminal Main Menu Enter its sub menus by pressing ENT C I XXXXMB t Step 2 Use arrow keys to select a new or formatted drive Press ENT on it to display drive specific functio us Add Enclosure 5 Spare Drive 4 Step3 Use arrow keys to find Add Enclosure Spare Drive Press ENT on it for two seconds Add Spare Drive t Step4 A message prompts to confirm a successful config C I XXXXXMB uration Press ENCLOS Vendor ESC to skip the message Step 5 The disk drive should now be indicated as an Enclosure spare RAID Inc Terminal stot size cms LG pRv Status vendor and Product ID 9 239112 12 48 o srawo sv waxtor 7v2S0M0 i0 238112 13348 O sTAND BY Maxtor 7Y250MO MJ ss n ST leas 24359112 14 SHE HOME HEW ER daw Tor ri 2 SUIL ot ache Status c lean add Local spare drive add Global spare drive JY250M Identity drive JY250MD disk Reserved space unformatted drive Utilities IY250M 239112
70. added to the last partition e g partition 63 Partition change will invalidate data previously stored in the array 4 See the diagram below for the conditions that might occur during array expansion Unpartitioned Array Partition 0 p Lire C p z iby L Partition 1 Partitioned Array E Parililon 1 Pariliion d Parllon Uri A ied g J Capacity Pantition 1 Partition 5 M 1 Partition 2 Partition L_ es a J Panhian I Parthlon 7 Partition M Last or Mext to the Last Configured Partition 2 Size of the New Drive A drive used for adding capacity should have the same or more capacity as other drives in the array RAID Inc 3 Applicable Arrays Expansion can only be performed on RAID O 1 3 5 and 6 logical drives Expansion cannot be performed on logical configurations that do not have parity e g NRAID or RAID 1 NOTE Expansion on RAIDO is not recommended because the RAIDO array has no redundancy Interruptions during the expansion process may cause unrecoverable data loss 4 Interruption to the Process Expansion should not be canceled or interrupted once begun A manual restart should be conducted after the occurrence of a power failure or interruption of any kind Expand Logical Drive Re striping 4GB 4GB 4GB Inuse 2G cme
71. again on Map Host LUN to proceed view and emails owl 9 af se 40000 RAID 5 i EEE EEE eo am roa gn Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 25 f If your host adapter cards do not support multiple LUN numbers under a channel ID select LUNO You should referto the documentation that came with your host adapters to see whether multiple LUNs are an option t Step 4 Choose mapping either a Logical Drive or a Logical Volume on the drop box t Step 5 Existing logical arrays will be listed Select the array you wish to associate with the target ID by pressing ENTER SSeS q Step 6 A partition list will prompt If your array has been divided into many partitions select one of them to proceed If not the whole capacity will be displayed as one logical partition Press _ gt 40000 t Step7 When prompted by the confirmation message check the mapping details and select Logical Drive 21L7b5EDA Partition Channe ID LUA Yes The details in the confirmation box read partition 0 o f logical drive xxxxxxBDA will map to be associated with LUN 1 of ID 1 on host channel 0 6 26 RAID Inc You may now continue to map other arrays partitions to host LUNs tay V7 NOTE Once any host ID LUN is successfully associated with a logical capacity the No Host LUN message in the LCD screen will c hange to Ready 6 7
72. amp Host LUN Mapping Using Terminal Access 6 1 Initial Screen Hardware installation should be completed before powering on your RAID enclosure The subsystem and disk drives must be properly configured and initialized before the host computer canaccess the storage capacity The text based configuration and administration utility resides in the controller s firmware Open the initial terminal screen use the arrow keys to move the cursor bar through the menu items then press ENTER to choosethe terminal emulation mode and ESC to dismiss current selection and or to return to the previous menu screen Cache Status Clean LEMES rerminal twTlcOo Modrej Graphic ANSrI 00 or Mode Show Transfer RaterShow Cache Status Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 1 6 2 6 2 Individual Disk Menu Prior to configuring individual disk drives into a logical drive it isnecessary to understand the status of all physical drives in your enclosure Cache Status Clean E126 088 speed LG DRY vendor and Product ID ENENJ ENCN SE cATE ST3J00007 FE o sree spese pum man o S ase cine pae set i aq 4 17304 200E ON LINE SEAGATE ST318304Fc ORELO LINE SEAGATE STSLSSO4FC Arron Rays Moye Cursor Enter Se l ect ESC EHTE B ia i E l PF r EJ a Zum Use the arrow keys to scroll down to View and Edit Drives to display information on all the physical drives installed Physical hard
73. and is accessed through different interfaces e g S E S SAS wide links or I2C serial bus Enclosure devices usually include the following 1 Drive failure output definition Enclosure Management 9 1 9 2 Cooling FAN Power supply Temperature Sensors Device set description newy Cache Status Clean Main Menu gt Quick installation Wiew and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels v1 ew edit configuration parameters edit Peripheral devices Set Peripheral Device Entry Adjust LCD Contrast controller Peripheral Device Configuration Tow Keys Move Cursor Ls ae Ctri L Refresh Screen Below is a screen showing the enclosure devices interfaced through an IC serial bus Cathe Status Clean LAT i Hain Henu gt Quick installation vibe and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes View and edit Host Luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and ed Power Supply 5 Cooling Fan Tenperature Sensor Drive Failure ubtpu beyice Set Descriptor JHDD 3165 1 AAA A SAS expansion enclosure connected through SAS links is also considered as an I C Peripheral Device which is defined as the Device Set 1 JBOD enclosure device next to the Device Set 0 RAID enclosure device Step 4 Press ENTER on a component type to examine its operating status Foll
74. at which the controller checks to see if a failed drive has been swapped When a member of a logical drive fails the controller will continuously scan the drive bus at the selected time interval Once the failed drive has been swapped with a drive that has the adequate capacity to rebuild the logical drive the rebuild will begin automatically The default setting is 15 seconds meaning that the controller will automatically scan the drive busses if a failed drive has been replaced To change the timeout select a time interval Cache Status Clean z Hain Menu gt Quick Installation yos view Disk ACCESS Delay rima 725 seconds v3ew Drive I O Timeout seconds Maximum Tag Count 3 view EES a eae ds jg Faliure Mode 5MART Detect anc Perpetual Clone al Spare Drive Disabled ite Disabled dle Delay Disable Disabled 5 seconds 10 seconds IE 2eeeeae is SECHIHS L 30 seconds 50 seconds Step 1 Choose Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap from the Drive side Parameters list and press ENTER Step 2 Move your cursor bar to the desired interval then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting iD IMPORTANT f The Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap timeout is enabled by choosing a time value The RAID controller will poll all connected drives through the controller s drive channels at the assigned interval Drive removal will be d
75. au DR dua 2 1 2 2 Quick Installation Screen uiis ex aa RE cron ag bx niu DENR ccs CURE CH VERUM ERR UE 2 2 23 Logical Drive Slat Scie ioo ro adt ed na Ede Edu Cd cent EUcvsseEGe pneu U e a uon a 2 3 2 4 Logical Volume Status onore noba raga e eaaa 2 5 2 5 Physical Drive Slats iui tee ecco et nee teres 2 5 2 50 Channel Status iie enu de aded ausa ada paces musa veu acu elo dae Ud v 2 6 2 7 Controller Voltage and Temperature sese 2 9 2 8 View and Edit Event Logs eeeee cere reeeeeeeee eene 2 10 Chapter 3 Terminal Screen Messages Set THE nu urlbcieui cece cues eect cette tit easier se tesic oe oan eta aaa 3 1 3 2 Main Men ciasna E a 3 3 9 9 Quick InstallatlOh ui iion eoo ou s cvv tu Uu uuu ent du pua 3 3 3 4 Logical Drive S allis oca cre e deer ceca cu ei p ere erano uetus 3 5 3 0 Logical Volume Saltus oi riii eio top aaa ai 3 7 36 DAVE SIalisaiiee celsitudini cece A OD Eo Der i aa VUE EE 3 8 Walk eibi eee TE 3 11 3 8 Controller Voltage and Temperature 3 13 3 9 Viewing Event Logs on the Screen seeeeeeess 3 13 Chapter 4 Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 Caching Parameters iac oo avin ested ceca a dh RIEN 4 1 Zu SOURIS SIZE xoicuateputestueouieassdciantusctbet etam v
76. automatic rebuild If there is no spare replace the faulty drive using a drive that is known to be good and rebuild will be automatically initiated provided that a replacement drive can be recognized by the subsystem For example in a SCSI based subsystem a manual Scan Drive command should be executed In subsystems using other types of disk drives drive swap auto detection should be enabled on the drive channels If all disk drives are lost inside an enclosure please check the related power supply status or backplane power connection M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Rebuild Aborted Failed What Logical drive rebuild aborted It could result from the one of the H appened following reasons l Therebuild has been manually canceled by a user 2 The replacement drive used for a rebuild may have failed during the rebuild or the drive contains immanent defects 3 System faults for example an LD fatally failed occurred Another member disk failed in a rebuild process What to D o Carefully identify and replace the faulty drive and perform logical drive rebuild again It is best to stop host I Os temporarily to this logical drive M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Parity Regeneration A borted Failed What It could result from one of thefollowing reasons H appened 1 The regenerate operation has been manually canceled by a user 2 System faults or integrity problems forced system to abandon the operation For example a
77. channels are grouped the channel group will behave as one logical channel and the attributes of individual host channels will disappear For example if CHO and CH1 are grouped together the CH1 IDs will no longer be available After Grouping IDO Channel 0 2 In a redundant controller configuration the host port IP does not failover to the partner controller in the event of a single controller failure A redundant controller system is managed by a Primary controller Two controllers behave as one Therefore a redundant controller system e g S16E R1130 comes with 8 host ports yet only 4 channels are shown in the channel list Before Grouping Channel 0 Channel 1 The individual host port information is found under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Communication Parameters gt Internet Protocol TCP IP gt chx LAN MACAddr xxxxx F ul mPa es rs r z all Lun E d 1 Ax BEGY c t Hain Menu 3 Buick installation virt and edit Logical drives vie and edit logical Unlunes view and edit Host luns i and edit Or i vea and Ima 172 18 af F Gateway Addresa IZ2 1H 8H 72h5 Het Hassk ateuay i DHECP 3 3 Grouping takes effect after a controller reset 4 f you are using the single controller ATGE or S16E systems try to activate the load balancing option in your iSCSI initiators by adding multiple paths to a session connection
78. connection management session will be interrupted An operator may have to re enter the IP address to re connect the controller subsystem to a management console Limitations Both controllers must be exactly the same Namely they must operate with the same firmware version the same size of cache memory the same number configuration of host and drive channels etc If battery backup is preferred both should be equipped with a battery module If a RAID controller fails and needs to be replaced it is often the case that the replacement controller may carry a newer revision of firmware It is advised you provide information such as firmware revision number boot record version etc to your system vendor before acquiring for a replacement controller For a subsystem featuring Fibre host channels and if the onboard hub is not enabled connection through Fibre switches will be necessary for configuring fault tolerant paths between host and RAID storage In the event of data path failure an intelligent FC switch should be able to direct data flow through an alternate path In this case multipathing software should be necessary to manage the data flow through the fault tolerant paths that are strung between host and RAID storage Your RAID subsystem may not come with sufficient numbers of Controller A and Controller B IDs You will then need to manually create Controller A or Controller B IDs Configurable Parameters Active to Active
79. data received on the drive channel CHL What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL WARN Redundant Loop Connection Error Detected on ID WhatHappened One of the dual loop members might have failed or been disconnected Make sure all cabling are properly connected and topological configurations properly set W hat to Do Check cabling and channel bus working conditions If the problem does not result from cabling problems contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Host Channel WARN Channel Failure WhatHappened Hostchannel CHL link failure or disconnection occurred W hat to Do Check proper cabling connection and host HBA link connection devices etc Contact your RAID system supplier M essage WARN SMART SIot Predictable Failure Detected Clone Failed What Happened Hard drive s report SMART detected defects A spare drive is C 22 RAID Inc commenced to clone or replace the member drive showing defects The cloning operation failed The member drive suspected of errors might have failed or the clone process has been interrupted eg yet another member has failed or the spare drive used for cloning has shown immanent faults Whatto Do Carefully check drive status and replace the unstable failed drive Contact your RAID system supplier M essage WARN SMART SIot Predictable Failure Detected What Happened Hard drive slot reported SMART
80. default setting for voltage threshold 3 If the alert still occurs then it can result from controller hardware problems Please contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement controller M essage ALERT Controller FAN OLow Speed Detected RPM What Happened This only applies to controller fans in the Sentinel RAID series Low rotation speed detected Whatto Do Contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement M essage Controller ALERT Redundant Controller Failure Detected What Happened One RAID controller in a controller pair failed This message indicates that its partner has taken the workload and managed the failover operation The fault can result from the following 1 A RAID controller failure 2 The partner controllers cannot communicate with each other The other major reason can be the failure of the inter controller communication channels It could result from the defects of one or both RAID controllers or that of the backplane What to D o Contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement controller and restore the dual active configuration M essage Controller SDRAM ECC Multi bits Errors Detected WhatHappened Memory multi bits errors What to D o Contact your RAID system supplier to return the subsystem RAID controller for repair M essage Controller SDRAM ECC Single bit Errors Detected WhatHappened Memory single bit errors Whatto Do Subsystem firmware should be able to manage the si ngle bit C
81. drive logical volume if there ic LGO RAID5 DRV 3 9999MB GD SB 0 Step 7 Press ENT and select a partition if the logical unit has been raG o pPART O partitioned into individual capacity 999MB volumes CHO ID9 LUNO Map to LGO PRTO Step 8 Press ENT again to confirm Step 9 Press ENT to proceed Step 10 Press ENT to confirm Map Slot B CH 0 ID O Redundant Controller AES 14 14 Step 11 Step 12 This message indicates that the logical unit has been successfully mapped to the ID LUN CHO ID9 LUNO combination Use the arrow keys to Mapto LGO PRTO continue mapping other logical units or press ENT to delete the mapped LUN Repeat the process to map all logical units to host ID LUNs Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Select an LUN number Select an array type Select a logical configuration Select a logical partition Map Host LUN lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes 5 o 1 l L4 5 5 B Edit Host ID wwM Mame List Enter the View and Edit Host LUNs menu A list of existing host IDs will be displayed Select a host ID either a Controller A or Controller B ID by pressing ENTER Select the type of logical unit Logical Drive or Logical Volume you wish to associate with the host ID mip Logica cire 14255ADCS Partch tice 0 Fm Ts Channel n0 Select Yes to confirm 6 a ii ed Step 4
82. drives are listed in the View and Edit Drives table U se the arrow keys to scroll the table First examine whether there is any drive installed but not listed here If a disk drive is installed but not listed the drive may be faulty or not installed correctly Reinstall the hard drives and contact your supplier for repl acement drives i IMPORTANT f Drives of the same brand model capacity may not have the same block number f The basic read write unit of a hard drive is block If members of a logical drive have different block numbers capacity the smallest block number will be taken as the maximum capacity to be used in every drive Therefore u se drives of the same capacity f You may assign a Spare Drive to a logical drive whose members have a block number equal or smaller than the Local Global Spare Drive but you should not do the reverse RAID Inc 6 2 1 Drive Read Write Test From the View and Edit Drives menu select a new drive that the utility is to be performed on then press ENTER Pp TIPS To perform Read Write test on a FRMT DRV formatted drive you can manually remove the 256MB reserved space on that drive to change its status into the NEW DRV You cannot perform Read Write test on members of a logical drive Select Drive Utilities then press ENTER Choose Read Write Test and press ENTER You can choose to enable disable the following parameters
83. ease ea caa ero re Ce eara anus 7 2 7 1 1 Assigning IP Addresses to the iSCSI Host Ports 7 2 7 1 2 Assigning the ISNS Server Adaress ssssesss 7 4 TTD TE Em 7 5 CHAP Login Authentic allODlis cac ce oo eee cora ove ehe uo eue ooa roses coe recs 7 6 Z2 EdScSTmilatonElsis e etna an tp tede aene bw ums 7 9 7 2 2 Enabling Host Access to the SCSI Array 7 11 Grouping Host POLtS iioui ein PR e ui Duis div sea ce coco ucc Peruse 7 13 Mapping Storage Volumes to Host ID LUNS 7 17 IDS OD T TOS PIOS eus Matutino tlat E SM Ate La op iS acr ran Eo oet 7 19 LUN MAD DINO ET TTE 7 19 ipod c 7 21 Chapter 8 Host side and Drive side Parameters 8 1 8 2 Host side Parameters e edu re iua zo zr isle iho 8 1 8 1 1 Maximum Concurrent Host LUN Connection Nexus in SCSI 8 2 8 1 2 Number of Tags Reserved for Each Host LUN Connection 8 2 8 1 3 Maximum Queued l D GOURDL etate ee a a da rr RE pd 8 3 oT EUNS DOr OST ID ui uti ioa ado HA ERGESERERFAUCMS ETAT UNS ErA a 8 4 GLI LUIN ADOUCADINGS emn Ec 8 5 8 1 6 Peripheral Device TVDOusastitosiueMicvu mao siut aped dial fnuiesad bsuue gud 8 5 8 1 7 In band Management ACCESS cccccscscscceeseseecnesnsnnansnsnsessesensessssesseees 8 6 8 1 8 Peripheral Device Type Parameters for Various Operating Systems 8 6 8 1 9 Cylinder Head Secto
84. edit Host luns vies and edit Drives view and edit channels Wiew and edit Configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices Yes he When the subsystem s beeper onboard alarm is activated choose Mute Beeper then press ENTER Choose Yes and press ENTER in the next dialog box to turn the beeper off temporarily for the current event The beeper will still be activated by the next event 4 7 2 Password Use the controller s password to protect the system from unauthorized entry Once the controllers password is set regardless of whether the front panel the RS 232C terminal interface or the StorageWatch Manager is used the user can only configure and monitor the RAID controller by providing the corr ect password Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 27 IMPORTANT f The controller requests a password whenever a user is entering the main menu from the initial screen or a configuration change is made If the controller is going to b e left unattended the Password Validation Timeout should be set to Always Check f The controller password and controller name share a 32 character space The maximum number of characters for a controller password is 32 If 31 characters are used for a controller name there will be only one character left for the controller password and vice versa Since revision 3 42J09 later firmware revisions support a 32 character spac 4 7 2 1 Change Password t S
85. firmware revision 3 61 Updated information for options in firmware revision 3 64 including Added Channel Group setting multiple connections per TCP session Added iSNS configuration option and information about SLP Added notes about CHAP setting in Microsoft initiator Added information about presenting RAID volumes with a redundant controller configuration Who should read this manual This manual assumes that its readers are experienced with computer hardware installation and are familiar with storage enclosures Conventions Naming From this point on and throughout the rest of this manual the Falcon series is referred to as simply the subsystem Lists Bulleted Lists Bulleted lists are statements of non sequential facts They can be read in any order Each statement is preceded by a round black dot e Numbered Lists Numbered lists are used to describe sequential steps you should follow in order Important information that users should be aware of is indicated with the following icons xii gt TIPS Tips show you configuration details that help speed your configuration processes Tips may also help you with configuration options that may otherwise be overlooked p T e V NOTE These messages inform the reader of essential but non critical information These messages should be read carefully as any directions or instructions contained therein can help you avoid making mistakes A CA
86. logical Volumes view and edit Host luns RS 232 Port Confiauration s 3 MACAGGr O0 D0 23 87 8A BB 192 168 4 230 DHCP v chl LAN MACAddr Q0 D0 23 47 8A BB 192 168 4 241 DHCP V ch2 LAM MACAddr 00 D0 23 C7 8A BE 192 168 4 188 DHCP ch3 LAM MACAddr 00 D0 23 27 8A BB 192 168 5 1 DHCP lan LAM MACAddr 00 D0 23 07 8A BB 192 168 5 32 DHCP eysi Mov Cursor Enter 5e lect Est EXIT Ctri L Refresh Screen Step 2 Press ENTER on a host port you wish to configure The identity of a host port is presented as Port number LAN MAC address IP address IP acquisition method NOTE that lanO is a 10 100BaseT management port A CAUTION There is a controller unique ID with each system Avoid configuring identical unique IDs on different systems The MAC address of a host port is automatically acquired by referring to the subsystem s the pre assigned serial number or the unique identifier that came as factory default or manually assigned Unless you manually assign a unique ID otherwise the firmware refers to the serial number that is unique for each system A manually assigned unique ID can cause problems in the following conditions DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol severs automate network IP configuration and may remember these IPs DHCP RAID Inc iSCSI Options servers may remember the MAC addresses of DHCP clients and attempt to assign the same IP address to a cli
87. message f The surviving controller sounds an alarm f The ATTEN LED is flashing on the front panel The surviving controller sends event messages to notify of controller failure indicating its partner has failed 14 31 This page is intentionally left blank 14 32 RAID Inc Appendix A Firmware Functionality Specifications A 1 Basic RAID Management Specification Feature RAID levels 0 1 0 1 3 5 6 10 30 50 60 JBOD and NRAID Levels 10 30 50 and 60 are the multi level RAID defined as the logical volume implementations logical volumes consist of logical drives of different RAID levels that are striped together 16 as default up to 32 with a 1GB or larger logical drives DIMM size capacity RAID level Independent Logical drives configured in dependency to each different RAID levels can co exist in a RAID logical drive subsystem Maximum number of 128 with 512MB memory size logical drive members theoretical number not recommended for the difficulties with backup rebuild and management efforts size 1024KB per logical drive Configurable Write Write Back or Write Through per logical drive Policy This policy can be modified later write policy per array Logical drive Unique controller randomly generated logical identification drive ID Logical drive name user configurable for ease of identification in a multi array environment partitions for each logical drive logical volumes D
88. of array management ID LUN mapping and array operation remain basically unchanged The new principle defines the RAID controller installed in Slot A the upper controller slot as the Primary controller The factory configuration ensures that the Slot A controller always behaves as a Primary controller In the following condition a slot A controller temporarily serves as a Secondary controller 1 If the Slot A controller fails the original Slot B Secondary controller takes over and becomes the Primary controller 2 When the slot A controller is replaced by a new controller the new controller temporarily serves as the Secondary controller 3 Once the subsystem is reset or powered down and powered on again firmware returns the Primary role to the replacement controller in slot A Grouping Hard Drives and LUN Mapping Configuration Rules Listed below are the basics about configuring RAID arrays in a redundant controller system 1 All configuration utilities are managed by the Primary RAID normally the controller A controller 2 Controller B status can also be displayed on a terminal or LCD screen Management screen of a specific RAID controller is indicated by a flashing digit A or B respectively on an LCD screen Messages generated by different controllers will also be noted as shown below RAID Inc Event Logs BEHT Drive NOTICE On Line Initialization of
89. or contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Low Speed Detected 0 RPM WhatHappened Low rotation speed detected on cooling fan This is a fault detected through an 12C serial bus What to D o Check proper module installation or contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage SES COlO Cooling Fan O Device N ot Supported What Happened Unrecognizable device type This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring What to D o Check proper moduleinstallation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage SA F TE Device 0 ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert WhatHappened Elevated temperature detected through SAF TE monitoring device Improper installation site condition or cooling fan failure might have caused the system temperature to rise Whatto Do Check proper cooling and cooling fan working condition Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Device ALERT CPU Cold Temperature Detected OO What Happened Temperature below the lower CPU threshold detected Improper installation site condition might have caused the situation What to Do Correct your installation site condition Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Device ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert WhatHappened High temperature threshold violated and detected through an 2C serial bus Improper installation site condition or
90. or in an expansion enclosure When prompted to Create Logical Drive select Yes and press ENTER to proceed Please refer to the previous chapters for options specific to individual logical drives Access View and Edit Logical Drives from the Main Menu Move the cursor bar to Logical Drive Assignments and press ENTER if you want to assign logical drive to another controller Maximum Drive Capacity i d Product ID EMT DRV HITACHT HUSIS1L436VLF400 write Policy Default write Back PMT DRV HITACH HUSISL435VLF400 Initialize Made On Line stripe Size Default 12XY 7 Bytes HOEELTIN 4 HOGERDEIINZ S 2 5 T4 HOWE FRMT DRVTHTTACHI HUST etd fey Fdo 2 xm as P527 ODORE NOME FRMT DRV HITACHI HUS151496vVLF400 L i Logical drive assignment can also be changed after a logical drive is created Select an existing logical drive from the View and Edit Logical Drive menu then press ENTER to see the logical drive menu Select Logical Drive Assignments then press ENTER Choose Yes and press ENTER to confirm reassignment to an alternate controller 14 11 wiew drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Mame migrate logical drive logical drive assignment Expand agical drive add drives regenerate parity J E cOpy and replace drive_ Media scan MESH s oe am l 15 St SSE The reassignment is evident from the Lo
91. revision number of the firmware running on SAS channel devices Enclosure Management 9 3 Cache Status Bo Dirty FUJITSU HHESB3BRE FUJITSU HRX3BJBRE Aevisiom Humber Serial Number Disk Capacity blocks ITIDN LINE HITACHI CE 59751 JAME H LINE HI TACHI HUST Sl SUL See 18 69751 3BBME H LINE HITRCHI HUEI 5I 4 73ULE3BB TOHT RN EE UE 8E CIE The operating statuses of individual enclosure devices within the expansion enclosures can be found in Main Menu gt View and Edit Peripheral Device gt View Peripheral Device gt I2C Peripheral Device and a list of devices will be displayed Press ENTER on any to enter its status screen NOTE The JBOD enclosure devices will only display when firmware detects expansion enclosures across its expansion links Verifying Disk Drive Failure in a Multi enclosure Application You can verify disk drive locations by checking their channel number slot number and device IDs in Drive Failure Output Definition Note that the SAS channel number is a logically defined congregation of multiple physical links PHYs through the SAS expanders This information is important for locating and replacing a failed drive Cache Status Clean Main Hemu gt uri clc emia view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns CHa IDA Slot 2 CH3 ID Slot 3 CH3 IDZ Slot amp CH3 IDs E 105 alot 6 CH3 IDS slot f CHF Ibo Sl
92. sub menu logical drive or logical volume One found here is the system general setting the other applies to a specific logical array Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 3 LCD Keypad t Step 1 From the Main Menu select Caching View and Edit Config BUD Parms Caching Parameters and press ENT write Back Cach i l Enabled pa Step 2 As one of the sub menus in Caching Parameters this option controls the cached write function Press Disable Write ENT toenable or disable Back Cache 2 Write back Cache 7 Step 3 Press ENT for two seconds to co nfirm The current status will be displayed on the LCD Change Logical The Write caching options also appear Drive Parameter in array specific logical drive and logical volume configuration menu and Tec DRE 5 5 Default x should look like the screens shown on the rig Write Policy Default 5 ht System General Setting z mun Menu gt Belck Tnz ral larion vies gn edit Logical drow view add edir lagirtnl voles wies nn adit Best lung view and adic Doivgss Lac Par ae cers Hurt sTnUmP Par oe ters Orive sthe Parameters Dirk Array Farle lors Controller Parameters vigg driver Delete logical drive Partition logical drive Tagiga drive Mure migrare logica drive Expand ogc driv add oes Pama At parity choy amd replace drive izi i Media scan s dal qs Change write Palizy 7 E Write Bark
93. system This is often the case when users want to start configuring a brand new system using the SANWatch manager software Another case of use is using Microsoft VDS compatible interface to manage a new storage system that has no host LUN mapping To enable in band management with no existing host LUN mapping configure the Peripheral Device Type setting for the host to communicate with the storage system f LUN 0 only If the LUN O s only is selected only LUN O of the host ID will appear as a device with the user defined peripheral device type j AllUndefined LUNs If all undefined LUNs is selected every LUNs under that host ID will appear as a device with the user defined peripheral device type Please refer to 8 1 8 Peripheral Device Type Parameters for Various Operating Systems for details about the compatibility with various operating systems 8 1 6 Peripheral Device Type For management access to a new subsystem without pre configured logical units the in band SCSI protocol can be used in order for a management computer to see the storage system Please refer to the reference table below You will need to make adjustments in the following submenus Peripheral Device Type Peripheral Device Qualifier Device Support for Removable Media and LUN Application Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 8 5 Main Men 4 Maximum Queued I O Count 1024 LUNS per Host 5 51 ID 8 Max Mumh
94. that consists of numerous RAID subsystems With dual controller configurations only one controller name is applied and will pass down to the surviving controller in the event of single controller failure IESU LCD Keypad t Step 1 Select View and Edit Config Controller Name Parms from the Main Menu 7 Step 2 Choose View and Edit Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENT Enter Ctlr Name RAID Inc Q Step3 The current name will be displayed Press ENT for twoseconds and enter the new controller name by using theup or down arrow keys Press ENT to move to an other character and then press ENT for two seconds on the last digit of the controller name to complete the process BAT 44444 Main Menu gt Quick installation wies and edit Logical drives wies and edit logical Volumes vies and edit Host Turns wies and edit Drives channels CaL area ef conTiguration parameters Communication Parameters Caching Parameters Host side Parameters Drive side Parameters Ma er Mame Not Set Disk Array Parameters LCD Title Display Controller Logo Password validation Timeout Always Check Controller Unique Identifier Hex 7Bl34 SDRAM ECC Enabled Set Controller Date and Time Arrow Keys Move Cursor Mes Controller Name B Choose View and Edit Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENTER The cu
95. the Auto assign mechanism helps prevent downtime 1 A member drive in one of the two logical drives fails The Global Spare immediately participates in the rebuild Automatic Rebuild 2 The Failed drive is then replaced by a replacement drive The original Global Spare becomes a member Failed HDD of the 7 drive array Replaced Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 21 3 With the Auto Assign feature firmware automatically configures the replacement drive as a Global j Replacement RPSIS becomes a Global Spare The Auto Assign feature prevents the situation when a failed drive is replaced and the operator forgets toconfigure the replacement drive asanother Global Spare leaving the array vulnerable to the occurrence of another drive failure Configuration Process WWE Lcp Keypad Q Step 1 Select View and view and Edit Edit Config Parms from Channels the terminal Main Menu Enter its sub menus by pressing ENT Drive side q Step 2 Use arrow keys to select Parameters Drive side Parameters press ENT to enter its sub menus Periodic SAF TE Qj Step 3 There are a dozen ChkTime Disabled of configurable options Use the arrow keys to select Periodic SAF TE ChkTime Press ENT on it to change the setting The options ranges from Disabled 50ms to 60 seconds Terminal The configuration option can be found under View and Edit Configuration Pa
96. the process to avail a logical drive through multiple host IDs so that host can access the array through different host ports RAID Inc Detailed Procedures 14 3 1 Controller Unique ID This value will be used to generate a controller unique WWN node name port names Ethernet port MAC address and to identify the controller during the failover process e LCD Keypad Falcon systems come with a default ID It is view and Edit recommended to use it If the unique ID is Peripheral Dev accidentally lost you can create a new ID using the following procedure Enter View and Edit Config Parms gt Controller Parameters Use the up or down arrow keys to find Ctlr Unique ID xxxxx Ctlr Unique Hex ID Enter a hex number from 0 to FFFFF and press ENTER The value you enter should be different for each RAID subsystem Terminal The unique identifier setting can be accessed from View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Controller Parameters gt Controller Unique ID Cache Status Clean BA i 4444 i Hain Henu Quick installation uieu aml edit Lagjical drives uicu amd edit logical Volumes View amd edit Hose uns Wiew aml edit Drives uleu aml edit channels Uy Controller Mame Hot Set 57 L LCD Title Display iontroller Logo u C Password Validation Timeout Always Check u H ET a UTR E 44 D p 5 F contreller Unique IdentifieriHex3 143
97. the system s general setting 4 The Event Trigger options can be found in View and Edit Peripheral devices gt Set Peripheral Device Entry gt Event Trigger Operations Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 5 4 6 eos LCD Keypad View and Edit Peripheral Dev set Peripheral Devices Entry Event Trigger Operations Ctr Failure Power Supply Disabled Failed Disabled BBU Low Failed Fan Failed Enabled Disabled UPS AC Power Temp Over Limit Loss Disabled Disabled Terminal z Main Menu gt Quick Installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channe 15 view TTT parameters edit Peripheral devices View Peripheral Device Status Set Peripheral Device Entry ad ust LCD Contrast Cantrell ler Perinher Redundant conti Dller Primary Operations ira SCenFamiratinn 3m Len or Fa ed Enab UPS AC Power Loss Disabled Power Supply Failed Disabled Fan Failure Disabled Temperature exceeds threshold Disabled Enable one or more preferred options on the list to protect your array from hardware faults RAID In 4 1 3 Periodic Cache Flush If Write back caching is preferred for better performance yet data integrity is also a concern e g a configuration without battery protection or synchronized cac
98. to correct the fault LCD Keypad and Edit Redundant Ctrl Enable redundant Device Primary Scanning As Primary NOTICE Change Made to this x Main Menu Quick instal lation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters Ad3ust LCD Con Contrall r Pere Step 1 Stop host l Os Step 2 Power down the system and remove the surviving controller 14 16 RAID Inc Step 3 Power on and enter Main Menu gt View and Edit Peri Device gt Set Peri Device Entry gt Redundant Controller and change the controller role Step 4 You may then install both controllers into their original positions and power on the RAID enclosure f Check if the replacement is properly installed Redundant controller subsystems are designed to withstand a single controller failure If the replacement does not initialize properly try the following When the replacement is connected the Auto Failback process should start automatically If the replacement controller does not initialize you may execute the following steps to bring the new controller online LES LCD Keypad Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds on the existing controller to enter the Main Menu Step 2 Use the arrow keys to select View View and Edit and Edit Peripheral Dev then Peripheral Dev press ENT St
99. to map the selected partition to this LUN If the logical configurati on has not CH 0 AID 112 Map to Logical Drive Map to Logical Volume CHO ID112 LUNO Not Mapped Map Host LUN 5 LV 0 ID 685AE502 478734MB DRV 1 LV 0 PART 700MB 0 RAID Inc been partitioned you can map the whole capacity Partition 0 to a host ID LUN t Step 10 Press ENT for two Map Host LUN seconds when prompted by Map Host LUN to proceed 7 Step 11 Mapping information will be displayed on cHO ID112 LUNO the subsequent MAP to LVO PRTO screen Press ENT for two seconds to confirm the LUN mapping t Step 12 The mapping CHO IDEEA LUNO MAPto LVO PRTO information will appear for the second time Press ENT or ESC to confirm and the CH 0 ID 112 host ID LUN scree n will appear t Step 13 Use the arrow keys to select another ID or LUN number to continue mapping other logical configurations or press ESC for several times to leave the configuration menu When any of the host ID LUNs is successfully associated with a logical array the No Host LUN message in the initial screen will change to Ready N Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 1 5 7 Assigning Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings 5 7 1 Adding a Local Spare Drive Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds toenter the Main Menu View and Edit Drives es Press the up or down arrow key stose
100. to a Logical Drive sess 11 4 Add Drive ProOGegdUte er o RE iota Rota eee ba er ux a rea 11 4 11 4 M d 2 ExparnslOn cicius dete ener vas eae ria toa e aue Rr Ryo aaa creed e cuc 11 7 Copy and Replace Drives with Drives of Larger Capacilty 11 7 Copy and Replace Procedure eeee eiiis eaa rna nnns 11 8 11 5 Making Use of the Added Capacity Expand Logical Drive 11 9 11 6 Expand Logical VOlUrme icono ripe eue ce tuo so eoa year Roe u EE eere oan ia eodein eva ers 11 11 11 7 Configuration Example Volume Extension in Windows 2000 11 12 Limitations When Using Windows 2000 ccccccccccccccccecccccesesssesesessesssssseaeeeees 11 12 Tcal e ener meee ae eee Sener nn Re Eins neers once occa Lu esos 11 13 Chapter 12 S M A R T Support Mel OVE VIEW PEDE EN P 12 1 12 2 Clone Falling DrIVe eite asa aa eene de coude cereus caves 12 1 122 1 Replace alter GIO to a Mao bumteten tai 12 2 122 2 PemDelual GIOle aussen eher Htelttie antes cael 12 3 12 3 S M A R T Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology 12 5 12 4 Configuration Procedule edo oca ceo cee tese n eere ese oa nennen nnmnnn nnna 12 7 12 4 1 Enabling the S M A R T Feature ccccccccccceeeeeseesesssssceceeesseseeeesensenes 12 7 124 2 USING o M ABT FUNCIONS aso ette traer deua patet deas 12 8 Chapter 13 AV Optimization AV ORUMIZATION md 13 1
101. to your local area network An IP address should be acquired for the subsystem s Ethernet port The subsystem firmware also supports automatic client configuration such as DHCP Consult your network administrator for an IP address that will be assigned to the subsystem controller Ethernet port Select View and Edit Configuration Parameters from the Main Menu on the terminal screen Select Communication Parameters gt Internet Protocol TCP IP gt press ENTER on the chip hardware address gt and then select Set IP Address Provide the IP address NetMask and Gateway values accordingly PING the IP address from your management computer to make sure the link is valid Open a command prompt window and key in telnet XXX XXX XX XXX IP address to access the embedded firmware utility RAID Inc Microsoft windews xF Version 5 1 2600 CC Copyright 1935 2001 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings eric luscd Ci ate inet EMM XXX KM XXX 1 5 Secure Link over SSH Firmware supports remote management over the network connection and the security under SSH Secure Shell protection SSH is widely used for its ability to provide strong authentication and secure communications over insecure channels SSH secure access can also be found as an option in the SANWatch management software SSH is more readily supported by Linux or Unix based systems The support for SSH on Microsoft Windows platforms can be
102. write back caching to minimize the chance of losing data Battery controller cooling fan or PSU failure The upper temperature thresholds are exceeded Low battery charge UPS AC loss or low battery charge The triggering factors are user configurable Yes firmware triggers high rotation speed in the event of elevated temperature or component failure e g a fan failure Supported Both single LED and dual LED drive status indicators are supported Supported Display the temperature value provided by enclosure SAF TE S E S module if available On board controller Supported Monitors the 3 3V 5V and 12V Firmware Functionality Specifications A 11 voltage monitors voltage status Event triggered thresholds user configurable On board controller Supported Monitors the CPU and board temperature sensors temperature status Event trigger threshold user configurable Enclosure redundant Supported SAF TE S E S ISEMS power supply status monitoring monitoring monitoring Enclosure temperature Supported SAF TE S E S ISEMS monitoring A 10 User Interface StorageWatch on board Out of band configuration and monitoring via Ethernet Browser accessible configuration options by installing StorageWatch to reserved space on drive via ftp FW 3 48 and later revisions support a browser invoked http based StorageWatch GUI that requires no installation efforts RS 232C terminal Supports terminal modes ANSI VT 10
103. 0 ANSI Color Provides menu driven user friendly text based interface Graphical user interface Provides user friendly graphical interface Java based GUI Communicates with RAID controller via Out manager of band Ethernet In band SCSI In band Fibre or SNMP traps External interface API for Supported customized host based management operation events occur RAID Inc A 11 High Availability Custom inquiry serial Custom Inquiry Serial Number for support of number multi pathing software like Veritas QLogic etc Continuous rebuild Rebuild automatically continues if power outage or operator errors occur during a rebuild Asymmetric Logical Unit Support for multi pathing drivers to select an Access or later known as optimal I O path and for more flexible Target Port Group utilization of internal I O paths in the event of Service path failure or controller failover failback Firmware Functionality Specifications A This page is intentionally left blank A 14 RAID Inc Appendix B System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 1 Upgrading Firmware The RAID controller s firmware resides in flash memory that canbe updated through the COM port LAN port or via In band SCSI Fibre New releases of firmware are available in the fo rm of a DOS file in the pub directory of RAID Inc s FTP site or on a 3 5 diskette The file available at the FTP site is usually a self extracting file that contain
104. 2 3 Logical Drive Status Screen LG The Logical Drive index number RAID The RAID level applied for this logical drive DRV The number of physical drives included in this configuration Logical Drive Status XxxxMB The capacity of this logical drive SB x Standby drives available for this logical drive including Local Global and Enclosure Spares Except the Local spares specifically assigned to other logical configurations all available spare drive s will be counted in this field including Global and Enclosure specific Spa res xxxxMB INITING The logical drive is now initializing LCD Screen Messages 2 3 2 4 xxxxMB INVALID XxxxMB GD SB x xxxxMB FL SB x xxxxMB RB SB x xxxxMB DRVMISS INCOMPLETE ARRAY FATAL FAIL DRV MISS OFF LINE Fatal failure or incomplete array means that the LD has lost the protection by RAID configuration If system cannot find some member disks for a specific LD at boot time the LD will be considered as incomplete If some member disks of a specific LD fail during operation the LD will be considered as fatally failed The logical drive is in good condition One member drive failed in this logical drive Logical drive is rebuilding One of the member drives is missing One or more drives failed in this logical drive Two or more member drives failed at the same time the array is inaccessible A member drive is missing could result from insecure insta
105. 2 RAID Inc in the same mirror pair 4 One disk failed or missing in a RAID O NRAID configuration What to Do The LD is not available at boot time or running time If an LD has fatally failed you may try to restart the RAID system and check if the system detects the failed disks If one or two member disks are back then LD will be rebuilt If the LD cannot be restored then you have to replace the failed disks recreate the LD and restore data from a backup Source M essage CHL 01D 0 ALERT Media Error Unrecoverabl e OxO What M edia errors are found during read operations and the errors can H appened or cannot be recovered The causes include l Media errors are found in an unprotected array eg a RAIDO and NRAID configuration 2 Mediaerrors are found in a degraded array eg a RAID 5 array with a failed disk Drive failure and the media errors on other members failed the recovery attempt 3 Concurrent occurrences of media errors found on the same stripe across two member drives Host receives a media error response for the specific logical block address related to the physical bad block What to D o The data affected by data blocks failure will be lost The host computer will return media error messages if host access falls on the affected data blocks Restoring data from a backup source is recommended C 1 2 Notification M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue Rebuild Operation What The target logical drive h
106. 255 255 0 HetMask aor o oo ox Tp aed reac gre regens ipiam HARI Dac Seca ia Tinti a CHAP saca mm Tua Pier Lace bl aoe beeen ck j hive duds luww You can use the Add from current discovery list function to check if the initiator s node name is changed If ION is changed you should be able to discover the new name on the list Host Alias Name Not Set Host TOW Hat Set IP Address Nat Set Ne last 765 255 255 0 For more information on CHAP related settings please refer to the documentation that came with your initiator hardware or software drivers Step 3 You can find access to the CHAP related options with CHAP User name and Target name configuration entries The CHAP options are located under the View and Edit Host LUNs sub menu RAID Inc 7 2 1 iSCSI Options Fir Aana arune l2 02 2006 Thu AUG Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes View and ec a rameters o Enter 58 lect Esci Exit cCtri L ReTresh Screen Arrow Keys Move Cursor Edit iSCSI Initiator List The iSCSI Initiator list helps recording information about specific iSCSI initiators Multiple instances of initiator settings can be configured with alias for ease of recognition Step 3 1 CHAP Configuration through iSCSI Initiator List 1 Press ENTER on Edit iSCSI Initiator List which appears und
107. 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 7 20 A list of host channel ID combinations appears on the screen Select a channel ID combination by pressing ENTER Choose mapping a Logical Drive or a Logical Volume on the drop box A list of LUN entries and their respective mappings will be displayed To map a logical partition of a logical volume to a host LUN select an available LUN entry one not mapped yet by moving the cursor bar to the LUN then press ENTER i THEN Z s 3 RUN 3 avo 2000 ml A list of logical volume s displays Move the cursor bar to the desired logical unit then press ENTER A list of logical partitions will prompt Move the cursor bar to the desired partition then press ENTER If you have not partitioned the logical volume the whole capacity will be displayed as one logical partition When prompted to Map Host LUN press ENTER to proceed When prompted by the mapping confirm box select Yes to continue A prompt will display the mapping you wish to create Choose Yes to confirm the LUN mapping you selected RAID Inc The detail in the confirm box reads partition O of logical volume 0 will map to LUN 0 of ID 0 on host port O 7 9 Jumbo Frame Main Menu gt 1 Maximum Queued I O Count 256 Default LUNs per Host SCSI ID amp Default Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connection 3 Default
108. 32 RAID Inc errors Contact your RAID system supplier if this message becomes frequent M essage Controller SDRAM Parity Errors Detected What Happened Memory parity errors What to Do Subsystem firmware should be able to manage the parity errors in memory Contact your RAID system supplier if this message becomes frequent M essage Controller PCI Bus Parity Errors Detected What Happened Serious system faults have occurred Whatto Do Stop host I Os immediately to prevent further data integrity errors and contact your RAID system supplier M essage BBU Absent or Failed Correct It and Reset Ctlr to Take Effect What Happened BBU battery cell pack has failed or is accidentally removed When a new module is installed reset the subsystem for the configuration to take effect What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement module M essage Controller BBU A bsent or Failed What Happened BBU battery cell pack has failed or is accidentally removed When a new module is installed rese the subsystem for the configuration to take effect What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement module M essage Controller BBU Failure Detected What Happened BBU battery cell pack has failed or is accidentally removed When a new module is installed rese the subsystem for the configuration to take effect
109. 6 Upon the completion of rebuild the following message will prompt Press ESC to dismiss the message Step 7 You may now return to the View and Edit Logical Drives menu to check if the array status is stated as GOOD EE Se EE GERE E INA RATDG T iii soo Data Integrity 10 11 10 4 10 4 1 10 4 2 Regenerating Logical Drive Parity Overarite Inconsistent Parity Enabled Generate Check Faritv Error Event Enabled Parity regeneration is a function manually performed onto RAID 1 3 5 6 arrays to determine whether inconsistency has occurred with data parity You may perform the parity check directly without changing the two options below or set preferred options and then press ENTER on Execute Regenerate Logical Drive Parity to begin the operation Overwrite Inconsistent Parity Default is enabled If an array s data parity is seriously damaged restoring parity data by regenerating and overwriting the original data may cause data loss Disable this option if you suspect parity data has been seriously corrupted Generate Check Parity Error Event Default is enabled When enabled parity inconsistency will be reported as system events iD IMPORTANT If a regenerating process is stopped by a drive failure the process cannot be restarted until the logical drive is successfully rebuilt by having its failed member replaced RAID Inc 10 12 10 5 Disk Array Parameters 22 13 48 0
110. 8 2005 ES cache Status Clean EAT iij Hain Menu gt quick installation View amd edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes View and edit Host Tuns yigi amd adit Drives yden and edit channels C Av Optimization Mode Disable H Max Drive Response Timeout Disable Reoumdant Controller FParaneters controller Parameters ud Keys Sove Cursor sh ER DE Ctr l Lihetresh Screen Step 1 Select View and Edit Configuration Parameters on the Main Menu and press ENTER Step 2 Choose Disk Array Parameters then press ENTER again The Disk Array Parameters menu will appear 10 5 1 Rebuild Priority z Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives vies and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns vies and edit Drives view and edit channels on Writes on Mode Disable ponse Timeout Disable T Parameter Z d c R controller Parameters Step 1 Choose Rebuild Priority then press ENTER A list of the priority selections Low Normal Improved or High displays Step 2 Move the cursor bar to a selection then press ENTER Data Integrity 10 13 10 5 2 Verification on Writes Errors may occur when a hard drive writes data To avoid the write error the controller can force hard drives to verify written data There are three selectable methods Verification on LD Initialization Writes Performs Ver
111. B 6 64KB 32KB 7 128KB 1024KB 8 256KB 9 512KB Logical Drive Status Write Policy setting Write back Write through Total number of drive members in the logical drive RAID Inc SB FL Name Standby drives available for the logical drive This includes all the spare drives local spare global spare available for the specific logical drive Number of Failed member s in the logical drive Logical drive name user configurable 3 5 Logical Volume Status a Status Clear A logical volume in a single controller subsystem is always managed by one controller and the A or B indicator will not appear LV ID RAID Size MB LN FL Terminal Screen Messages Logical Volume number Logical Volume ID number randomly generated by firmware RAIDO means the members of the logical volume are striped together Capacity of the Logical Volume The number of Logical Drive s included in this Logical Volume The number of failed member s within the logical volume For other statuses please refer to the logical drive information on the previous page 3 8 3 6 Drive Status SATA Drives 18 08 53 2002 OO Cache Status clean 2S SS a Se 1 78273 EEEEIEICTA NN 0 ON LINE ON LINE HITACHI HOS 7 28080PLA3 eee Roa i T Ls em someones one Tact woerzemoruns a rear toon ojmcume irman soszzsosonzano a rear toon ijncume uon soszssosonam
112. Board2 46 5 C in Safe Range 12v 12 077 Operation Normal LCD Screen Messages 2 9 2 10 2 8 View and Edit Event Logs Press ENT for two seconds to enter View and Edit the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Event Logs then press ENT Event Logs Press the up or down arrow keys UPS Power m Farlure Detected tobrowse through the existing event log items To see more details about a specific event u se your arrow keys to move to an event pre ss ENT for 2 seconds to display the first page of event details then use the arrow keys to move to the next page When finished reading an event press the ESC key to return to the event inde X For the limited space on the LCD screen details of a system event will be displayed in several pages To delete a specified item and all press 2 Seconds events prior to this event press the to Clear Events ENT key lightly to display the delete event confirm message and then press EN T for 2 seconds to clear the events io IMPORTANT The event log will be cleared after the controller is off or reset powered f For models running firmware revision 3 48 or later events will be written to the drive reserved space and resetting the subsystem will not erase the previous event messages RAID Inc Chapter Terminal Screen Messages 3 1 The Initial Screen Date amp Time Subsystem Name Cache Status BBU C
113. Config Parms Controller Parameters um Ser Controller Date and Time Time Zone GMT 08 00 GMT Terminal hu Sep 29 81 18 81 Z095 t Hain Henu Muick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes View and Bil Hast ur Wiew and cdit Drives view and edit channel if Controller Hane Hot Set amp i LCD Ele Display controller Lago Wi C Passuord Validation Timeout Always Ch uj H EE Unique IdenLiflertHex 3o 3 SIRAN Ei Enab Ius i Set Cope TOT Ter Date and Tine wgs i Apur Cursor Enter gt Select xr Exit CErI tL hefresh Screen Date and Time BIG co Keypac t Step1 Use your arrow keys to scroll down and select Date and Time Date and Time by pressing ENT Q Step2 Use the arrow keys MMDDhhmm YYYY to select and enter the numeric representatives inthe following order month day hour minute and the year Use up down arrow keys tochange the number displayed on screen press ENT to shift to the next number Terminal RAID Inc E Dl Sal 1 E c amm E er ai Enter time and date in its numeric representatives in the following order month day hour minute and the year 4 4 Faulty Drive Detection There is one configurable options directly related to detecting faulty d rives and the insertion of a replacement drive Without enabling this option a failed drive is only detected when
114. E No Clear Core Dump is a last resort option that helps debug critical issues in the event of serious system faults When system firmware detects critical errors such as multi bit errors PCI Bus Parit y errors etc it distributes configuration and error codes in cache memory into a core file in disk reserved space Chances are you can refer to these error codes from the core file conducted onto drive media if system finally crashes If system is recovered from serious faults later you can execute the Clear Core Dump function to release disk space Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 35 4 36 4 7 9 4 8 4 8 1 Adjust LCD Contrast The controller LCD contrast is set at the factory to a level that should be generally acceptable The controller is equipped with an LCD contrast adjustment circuit in case the factory preset level needs to be adjusted either via the RS 232 terminal emulation menus or usin g the LCD keypad panel i LCD Keypad t Step 1 From the main menu choose View and Edit View and Edit Peripheral Peripheral Dev Dev 7 Step 2 Press ENT on it press arrow keys to scroll down Adjust LCD and select Adjust LCD Contras Contrast z t press ENT to proceed and then use the arrow M T LCD Contrast to find an optimal setting Q Step 3 Press ESC to return to the previous menu Controller Parameters Controller Name The controller name represents a RAID subsystem in a topology
115. Fewer Streams Head ahead Performance sess 13 2 Multi Streaming Simultaneous Access Performance s 13 3 Chapter 14 Redundant Controller 14 1 Configuration Concerns 11 1 LcLeLLLL eee esser nenne eene n nnnm aee enenrerne 14 2 14 2 TREQUIFECINGINS MERI UE 14 3 Requirements for Redundant Controller Configurations 14 3 LTE ULAUOVNS Nec 14 4 Conftigurable Parameters eo tiie htenseteaee d d e e didus 14 4 Active to Active Configuration ieieeseeisseeesees eene 14 4 Cache Synchronization Mirrored Cache suse 14 5 14 3 Array Configuration Processes in Dual controller Mode 14 6 Vill General Firmware Configuration Procedures sss 14 6 Detalled PEOCOGUETOS ecuria A a uestem ore lsuvt oc EOM Sa edet se deueta 14 7 14 5 Commrolicr Unique D besticht aided emi aea ME 14 7 14 3 2 Creating Controller A and Controller B IDs seeeeee 14 7 14 3 3 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Controller Configuration 14 10 14 3 4 Mapping a Logical Drive Logical Volume to Host LUNS 14 13 14 4 Troubleshooting Controller Failure ecce 14 15 When and how is the failed controller replaced 14 16 14 5 Configurable Param
116. Global Spare One logical drive consists of 8 members the other Global Spare consists of 7 A member drive in one of the two logical drives fails The Global Spare immediately participates in the rebuild T P Rebuild Data Integrity 10 3 The Failed drive is then replaced by a replacement drive The original Global Spare becomes a member of the 7 drive array Failed HDD Replaced With the Auto Assign feature firmware automatically configures the replacement drive as a Global Spare The Auto Assign feature prevents the situation when a faileddrive is replaced and the operator forgets to configure the replacement as another Global Spare leaving the array vulnerable to the occurrence of another drive failure Replacement becomes a Global Spare Performance will also decrease if a failed drive is not immediately rebuilt A considerable portion of system resources has to be conducted to generate data from the remaining members of the logical drive If yet another member fails in a RAID 3 or RAID5 logical drive data is lost The Auto Assign Global Spare applies to drive interfaces that support auto detect such as Fibre Channel SATA and SAS interfaces Disk drives of these interfaces can be detected shortly after they are mated with the drive backplane Enabling the Function If a drive has a capacity smaller or apparently larger than the members of configured arrays the controller
117. ID system supplier M essage ALERT EndosurelD Conflict Invalid What Happened Invalid drive configuration of Enclosure ID What to Do Check ID rotary switch at the front of RAID or SBOD enclosures Please refer to documentation that came with your array C 3 2 Notification M essage SAF TE Device 2 NOTICE Fan Back On Line ldx 11 What Happened A once missing or failed cooling fan is restored This message is reported through the SAF TE monitoring device Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage NOTICE Fan ModuleA Back On LineFANO RPM What Happened A once missing or failed cooling fan is restored This message is reported through an 12C serial bus with RPM reading Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage NOTICE Controller FAN 1 Back On Line O RPM WhatHappened A once missing or failed cooling fan is restored This message is reported through an I2C serial bus with RPM reading Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Device NOTICE Fan Back On Line What Happened An I2C serial bus message indicating a once missing or failed cooling fan is restored Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line WhatHappened Anindividual cooling fan once missing or failed is restored Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1is Present Event Messages C 29 What Happened An ind
118. IMM size Firmware Functionality Specifications A 1 LUNs Mappable DIMM size Up to 32 user configurable LUNs per host ID Maximum number of 16 Media Scan task schedules Queuing TCQ Queuing NCQ Dedicated spare drive Supported hereby defined as the spare drive specifically assigned to a logical drive Also known as Local Spare Global spare drive Supported the spare drive that serves all logical drives as long as it is equal in size or larger than logical drive members Global spare auto Supported applies to non configured drive s assign safeguards the array if a spare has been used in the previous array rebuild and users forget to configure a new drive as a Spare Enclosure spare drive A Spare that participates in the rebuild of the failed drive within the same enclosure Co existing Dedicated Supported Local Enclosure specific and Global spare drives Auto rebuild onto Supported spare drive Auto scan of Supported replacement drive upon manually initiated rebuild a replacement drive Immediate logical Supported drive availability Logical arrays are immediately ready for Host I Os Initialization task is completed in the background except when the logical array is stated as INCOMPLETE or BAD e g has a failed member right after the creation Auto rebuild onto Supported With no spare drive the subsystem failed drive will auto scan the failed drive and starts rebuild rep
119. ING MISSING Vendor and SB MISS Product ID Terminal Screen Messages The disk drive is a Global Spare Drive Proceeding with array initialization The drive is in good condition Proceeding with array Rebuild process Local Spare Drive or Global Spare Drive The Local Spare Drives LG DRV column willshow the logical drive number The Global Spare Drives LG DRV column will show Global A new drive has not been included in any logical drive or configured as a spare drive An used drive that is not a member of any logical drive or configured as a spare Formatted drive drive formatted with a reserved section Failed drive The disk drive does not exist The drive is about to be included in a logical drive through the ADD Drive procedure When migrating from RAID6 to RAID5 amember drive is dismissed from the logical configuration When dismissed from a RAID6 array the change to drive status will formatted drive The drive is copying data from a member drive it is about to replace The drive is a clone drive holding the replica of data from a source drive The drive is cloning data from a source drive Drive missing a member drive was once here This status is shown after boot up and before I Os are distributed to the hard drive Or accessed by firmware A missing drive may be corrected by re inserting the improperly installed drive tray etc If I Os are distributed and this drive fails to respond the s
120. If there is an amount of unused capacity in a logical drive the logical drive can be expanded If there is no unused capacity a logical drive can still be expanded using the Add Drive or Copy amp Replace technologies To expand a logical drive first select the Expand Logical Drive function Press Enter to activate the configuration window SR SG OO e wiew drives Delete logical drive Partiti n legiea drive logical drive Mame logical drive assignments Expand logical driva add drives reGenserate parity rive EX copy and replace driw In tial Media scan write policv IMPORTANT 1 The Drive Expand Capacity here refers to the unused capacity on each member drive If a RAIDS array has 4 members and each member drive features a 2GB unused capacity then the total unused capacity will be 4 1 parity drive x 2G 6GB 2 The capacity brought by the array expansion process will be available as a new partition 3 Chances are if you have partitioned you array into themaximum number of logical partitions and you commenced the Expand command the last partition e g no 63 will be expanded and will destroy the data in it 6 34 RAID Inc 6 9 Deleting Host LUNs wai i Q Step 1 Choose the host channel and host ID combination you wish to view or delete view and v y system Fu temm io L geenemarms en
121. LE applications The Multi Streaming applications require the following 1 A logical drive consisting sufficient number of disk drives so that I Os can fall simultaneously on different members Even though the real world applications do not always make a perfect fit configuring an array using an equal or slightly larger stripe size will ensure each individual outstanding I O can fall within the range of a data drive s strip size or chunk size 2 Properly tune the application I O transfer size 3 Appropriate stripe size of your RAID arrays Optimization for Streaming 483 Jed Sep 16 34 52 2005 Cache Status Clean RO 44 A2 13 lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channelS Rebuild Priority Normal Disabled DiskflFewer Streaming ff Cont Multiple Streaming The AV Optimization mode can be found under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Disk Array Parameters gt AV Optimization Mode The Maximum Drive Response Timeout bundled within the AV Optimization mode will over rule any value you previously set in the similar menu found under Main Menu View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Disk Array Parameters 13 4 RAID Inc Chapter 14 Redundant Controller Sample topologies using redundant controllers can be found in the followi
122. Logical Drive C P Ba i 18 53 4551m ID 14584007 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On L1ne Initialization I 2006 09 06 MES e _ _ tt ID 14564007 Logical Drive NOTICE Creation of Logical Drive Completed L 200B5 09 0 amp 6 18 53 282 M ID 145BAO0C7 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation I 2005 09 08 18 531 23mm Controller Initialization completed 2006 09 06 L8 24246 ei i ALERT Controller FAM 1 Mat Present or Failure Detected L 2005 09 06 18 24 4862 sB 2 ALERT Controller FAM 0 Not Present or Failure Detected z2DD5 09 06 18 24 46 gt B4 ALERT Controller BBU Absent or Failed 2006 09 06 18 24 482 s p 3 In dual controller mode two controllers behave as one and there Redundant Controller is no need to repeat the configuration on another controller The array configuration profile is automatically synchronized between partner controllers Disk drive and array configuration processes are the same for subsystems using single or dual active controllers Using logical drives as the basic configuration units system workload can be shared by partner RAID controllers Logical units can
123. M from disks and then press ENT ER n Quick installation iew and edit Logical drives iew and edit logical Volumes iew and edit Host luns jew and edit Drives jew and edit channels am aL oar wr sw It will take effect after resetting controller Restore NYRAM from Disks Restore all including password Restore all except password ME RAID Inc CAUTION In case your previous password reserved at the time you saved your NVRAM configuration contents is different from your current password you are provided with the options whether to restore the password you previously saved Press ENTER on one of the selections to confirm A prompt will notify you that the controller NVRAM data was successfully restored from disks 4 7 8 Clear Core Dump A WARNING Upon seeing core dump events power down and reboot your system after checking system events and correcting system faults It is highly recommended to contact technical support immediately Please DO NOT clear the core dump data before causes of failures c Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices Download Firmware Advanced Maintenance Functions Save MVRAM To 015K5 Restore NVRAM from disks Clear core dump Clear Core Dump M
124. MART Disabled Auto Assign Global Spare Drive Disabled Drive Delayed write Enabled Drive Spindow Idle Delay Disable D15kK Array Parameters Controller Parameters Arto Keys Move Cursor Ent r ze amp ect Select Drive side Parameters from the Main Menu then press ENTER The Drive side Parameters menu displays 8 2 1 Disk Access Delay Time This feature sets the delay time before the subsystem tries to access the hard drives after power on Default may vary from 15 seconds to 30 seconds and is determined by the type of drive interface This parameter can be adjusted to fit the spin up speed of different disk drive models Quick Pron Ke view view l r 7 seconds view BET jp I O THOU 75 10 seconds i Maximum Tag Count 4 7 Orive side Parameters Disk Array Parameters Controller Parameters z Maln Menu gt installation Delay 15 seconds seconds Aute Rebuild of Drive wap 15 seconds Drive Predictable Failure H ds tMART Detert and Aut5o Asz gn Global spare Grive pizamled Drive Delayed writ Disabled Drive Spindow Idle Delay Disable Sec crn TO seconds seconds SIMO CUPSOF ENTePiSel et ES Exit Ctrl iikefresh sereen Select Disk Access Delay Time then press ENTER A list of selections displays Move the cursor bar to a selection then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting
125. MRAID INCORPORATED Firmware Operation Manual for Falcon iSCSI to SAS SATA RAID Subsystem Version 1 2 May 2008 Firmware Revision 3 64 x Contact Information RAID Incorporated 5 Branch Street Methuen MA 01844 800 330 7335 support raidinc com www raidinc com Copyright 2006 This Edition First Published 2006 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without the prior written consent of RAID Inc Inc Disclaimer RAID Inc makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Furthermore RAID Inc reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revisions or changes Product specifications are also subject to change without notice iii Table of Contents Contact Information 00ccceeeee eee eee eee ceeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeeaseeeeeeeeeeeenaseeuseeneesseeaseeeass ii eol ol i g o pia 0 0 D E E iii This Edition First Published 20 O O ioter E treo Eri EE oe beso aveo eU EA lil B9 12110 377 ESPERE TECTORIO A A E lil TAO CII AIS MERE
126. O STAND BY Maxtor 7vY250MD View drive information Zv250m 0 Arrow CER hove Cursor Enter gt a lact Esc Ext Ctri lLiRetresn Screen 3 em CD step 1 In View and Edit Drives menu press ENTER on a NEW or FORMATTED drive to display options related to individual disk drives CJ Step2 Move cursor bar to add Enclosure spare drive Select Yes on the confirm box to complete the process 4 6 Drive Delayed Write This option applies to disk drives that come with embedded read ahead or writer buffers When enabled the embedded buffer can improve read write performance However this option should be disabled for mission critical applications In the event of power outage or drive failures data cached in drive buffers may be lost and data inconsistency will occur Following are the defaults for different storage configurations On dual controller models that come with BBUs the default is Disabled On single controller models that come without BBUs the default is Enabled Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 25 4 26 II LCD Keypad a Gh t Step 1 Select View and view and Edit Edit Config Parms from Channels t the terminal Main Menu Enter its sub menus by pressing ENT Drive side Q Step 2 Use arrow keys to select Parameters Drive side Parameters press ENT to enter its sub menus Drive Delayed 9j Step3 There are a dozen write Disabled of confi
127. OTICE SS1D 30A55D31700F2A A B Creation Complete Snapshot NOTICE SS1D 30A 55D31700F2A A B Deleted Snapshot N OTICE SI ID 1D3EO09F 11D48E27A Creation Complete Snapshot N OTICE SI ID 1D3EO09F 11D48E27A Deleted Snapshot N OTICE SI ID 1D 3EO09F 11D48E27A Activated Snapshot N OTICE SC D 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Space Thresh Exceeded 40 Snapshot N OTICE SC ID 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Space Thresh Restored 80 Snapshot NOTICE SC D 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Purge Triggered 80 Snapshot NOTICE SS1D 30A55D31700F 2A A B Prune Triggered 80 Snapshot NOTICE N on optimal configuration may impact performance Event Description C 1 Logical Drive Events C 1 1 Critical M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Drive Missing What The LD member drive could have been accidentally removed or drive H appened connection problems occurred before system boot up Whatto Do The drive could have been accidentally removed or drive connection problems occurred in the boot time Check drive connection and related enclosure status M essage LG Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Drive Failure What The specified hard drive in the specified logical drive has failed H appened Whatto Do When a system is running removing any LD member disk or member disk failure will be recognized as disk failure event For example RAID controller cannot access a member disk and decides this drive has failed If a spare is available the subsystem will proceed with an
128. OTICE Off Line Expansion of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE ContinueAdd Drive Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue M igrate Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Add Drive Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Migrate Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive Operation Paused LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Migrate Operation Paused LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Driveto Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Migrate to Logical Drive Completed NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting M edia Scan LG 0 NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting Media Scan NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 01D 132 Completed LG 0 NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 01D 132 Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Continue Clone Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting Clone LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Copy and Replace Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Clone Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTIFY Bad Data Block Recovered 000000084 Channel and Individual Drive Events C 2 1 Critical CHL 0ID 132ALERT Media Error Unrecoverable OxD8001C 7C CHL 0 FATAL ERROR O C 2 2 Warning CHL 11D 0 Target WARN Unexpected Select Timeout CHL 1 Drive Channe WARN Unexpected Select Timeout CHL 1RCC Channel WARN Gross Phase Signal Error Detected CHL 11D 0 Target WARN Gross Phase Signal Error Detected CHL 1 Drive Channel WARN Gross Phase Signal Error Detected CHL 1 RCC Channel WARN Unexpected Disconnect
129. Parameters This option applies to disk drives which come with embedded buffers When enabled write performance can improve However this option should be disabled for mission critical applications In the event of power outage or drive failures data cached in drive buffers may be lost and data inconsistency will occur Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 8 13 8 14 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Chapter 9 Enclosure Management This chapter discusses the configuration options related to enclosure monitoring Each function is given a brief explanation as well as a configuration sample Terminal screens will be used in the configuration samples Some of the operations require basic knowledge of RAID technology and are only recommended for an experienced user NOTE All figures in this chapter are showing examples from a hyper terminal console 9 1 Enclosure Device Statuses Peripheral Device Status RAID Enclosure Devices To check the operational statuses of enclosure devices follow the steps below Step 1 Select View and edit Peripheral Devices on the Main Menu and press ENTER Step 2 Choose View Peripheral Device Status then press ENTER again The device list displays Step 3 Press ENTER on the SES Device or I2C Peripheral Device to display a list of peripheral devices enclosure modules Monitoring of device status depends on enclosure implementation
130. Q Step2 Press the up or down 2012MB GD SB I arrow keys to select a logical drive then press ENT 3 Logical Drive 4 Step3 Press the up or down Name ba arrow keys to select Logical Drive Name then press ENT Enter LD Name t Step 4 Press the up or arrow keys to change the character of the flashing cursor Press ENT to move the cursor to the next space The maximum number of characters for a logical drive name is 32 0 22 RAID Inc 5 10 Deleting Host LUNs Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds View and Edit toenter the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow key s to select View and Edit Host Luns then press ENT Q Step 2 Press the arrow keys to select a host ID up or down then press ENT to proceed Q Step 3 Use the arrow keys up or to through the LUN and its LUN mapping information 7 Step 4 Press ENT on the LUN you wish to delete t Step 5 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm deletion deleted LUN been unmapped has 5 11 Deleting Spare Drives down browse number The now Host Luns x CHO ID1i12 CHO ID112 LUNO Mapto LGO PRTO Delete CHO ID112 LUN 00 Mapping CHO ID112 LUNO Not Mapped Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Enclosure Spare Drive Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds toenter the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow key s to select View and Edit Drive s then press ENT
131. RETUR ED ARP ELT lii RVA OCW ERI Em lil Table of Contents cccccceecccseececeeeceeeeeceseeeueeeeeeeeeeesseeaseeeuseeneeeeenaseeneesecaseeeeaeeneeeseeas iv Chapter 1 Accessing the Array Serial Port and Ethernet Management Console 1 1 tRS 282C Serial POLT cessi sve ess Rime vex eo Fare vo Ea EDU E dex Ko ours cs Learn 1 1 1 1 1 Starting a Terminal Program Windows XP Hyper Terminal 1 3 1 1 2 Starting RS 232C Terminal Emulation sessssss 1 5 1 2 Communication Parameters 1 eeceeee esee seen nennen anna annuas 1 7 12 1 49 292 Fort GonligulatlQUs oe ta otn ttes a utes 1 7 t22 Terna EMAON us sco out red ace dock wes ua sient tieu ecu DET uec EDU eT 1 8 1 20 Oto Tale xod teres lie c A efie i DL INA MO ED cad 1 8 1 24 Intermer Protocols TOPAss eoo tete ie ede e oed 1 8 1 2 5 VIeW STATISTICS sett eo Er epe p teer ains 1 9 1 2 6 Set ihe IP Address i so etre e Eine 1 9 1 3 Out of Band via Ethernet eeeeeeeeeeeee esee eene nnnm anna nn 1 10 12 1 Gonnecting EINCING POIL 22 Dae eo ue een 1 10 1 3 2 Configuring the COnlITOller a ati tt Rb ERR ee Fo aet 1 11 1 4 Telnet Connection lleeeeeeeeeersieeeee nennen nnn n nnn na nnam a nra n aman 1 12 15 Secure Link over SSEL iiie eee erue ede ceca hus Seu deuote etat uu me Doe ed va DUREE cw 1 13 Chapter 2 LCD Screen Messages 2 1 The Initial SCre uocauit uu ao vRSR YR C DD YR a
132. S Power Failure Detected What Happened UPS power failure detected through SAF TE monitoring device Whatto Do Contact your UPS supplier M essage Peripheral Set O Device ALERT UPS O AC Power Failure Detected What Happened AC power source failure reported by UPS and to the subsystem firmware through an I2C serial bus What to Do Check your power source connection or contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT UPS 0 Battery Failure Detected WhatHappened UPS battery failure reported by UPS and to the subsystem firmware through an I2C serial bus Whatto Do Contact your UPS supplier M essage Warning UPS AC Power Loss Detected What Happened UPS AC power loss reported through the COM2 serial port connection Whatto Do Contact your UPS supplier C 28 RAID Inc M essage Warning UPS Battery Low 96 What Happened UPS battery charge low may not be able to support subsystem during a power outage What to D o Wait for the UPS to recharge or you may usethe Event Triggered mechanisms implemented with firmware These mechanisms use conservative operation modes to reduce the chance of data loss in the event of power outage Contact your UPS supplier M essage SES COIOJUPS 2 Device Not Supported WhatHappened Unrecognizable device type This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring Whatto Do Check proper module installation and contact your RA
133. SC to clear the message M essage CHL ID DriveNOTICE Scan Drive Successful What Happened A new drive or a replacement drive has been successfully scanned recognized by the subsystem What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL ID Drive NOTIFY Block Successfully Reassigned O 10B What Happened Writes conducted retried and media errors were discovered Writes will then be re directed to other drive sectors What to Do Press ESC to clear the message If this message becomes frequent the target disk drive might have developed serious media errors M essage CHL ID Drive SEV Media Error Encountered What Happened Media errors are encountered in a hard drive What to Do Press ESC to clear the message If this message becomes frequent the target disk drive might have developed serious media errors C 3 General Target Events iD IMPORTANT Firmware revision 3 63 added event strings for I2C slave devices The I2C device error is indicated by a bracketed message such as XXX Status Failure Detected by the end of a peripheral device event The cause of an error can be an I2C bus arbitration error bus timeout or a slave device content error C 3 1 Critical M essage SA F TE Device 0 ALERT Power Supply Failure Detected Idx 132 WhatHappened Power supply failure detected through SAF TE monitoring device Whatto Do Check the Power Supply Status LED on the front panel of system or check the PSU
134. Step 2 When prompted by Expand Logical Volume choose Yes to confirm and the process will be completed immediately Array Expansion 11 11 11 7 Configuration Example Volume Extension in Windows 2000 Limitations When Using Windows 2000 1 These limitations apply only to the Windows NT Server or Windows 2000 Server Disk Management which includes the Extend Volume Set function Windows NT Workstation does not support this feature The Volume Set Expansion formats the new area without affecting files existing on the original volume 2 The system drive boot drive of a Windows NT 2000 system cannot be expanded 3 The drive to be expanded should be using the NIFS file system 11 12 RAID Inc Array Expansion Example The following example demonstrates the expansion of a 16988MB RAID 5 logical drive The HyperTerminal emulation software that comes with Windows Server is used to connect to the RAID controller via RS 232C on Jan 26 18 36 48 2003 Dees Cache Status Clean AB 92 Lu naro sizecmm staus 4 2 3 o i a a Rl NA RAIDS ae 16988 GOOD 7 siMove Cursor iEnter Select Esc Exit iCtrl L Refresh Screen You can view information about this drive in the Windows 2000 Servers Computer Management gt Storage gt Disk Management m Computer Management Pie Ea LE X E e sd Action view I e RE Tree Computer Management Local
135. Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 TE H i Select an LUN number under the host ID All logical units will be listed Select one of them by pressing ENTER on it When selected all logical partitions under the logical unit will be listed Select a partition A confirm box will appear Verify the details and press ENTER on Yes to complete the mapping process RAID Inc Step 8 Repeat this process until you finish mapping all logical units to the host IDs you prefer Repeat the process to map a logical unit to two host ID LUNs if you want it to appear on two data paths 14 4 Troubleshooting Controller Failure What will happen when one of the controllers fails If one of the controllers fails the surviving controller will automatically take over within a few seconds f X Although the surviving controller will keep the system running you should contact your system vendor for a replacement controller as soon as possible Your vendor should be able to provide an appropriate replacement f You should provide your vendor the serial number of the failed controller and the firmware version currently running on your system f Some operating systems SCO UnixWare and OpenServer for example will not automatically retry with I Os shortly delayed while the controller is taking over im LCD Keypad The red ATTEN LED on the LCD panel will light Redundant Ctlr up and the message Redundant Ctlr Failure Failure Detected D
136. To Non Critical LVs Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To Non Critical LVs Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 is Present Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To Non Critical LVs Q C SES COIO Temp Sensor 1 Temperature Back To Non Critical LVs SAF TE Device 1 NOTICE Power Supply Back On Line Idx 4 Power Supply 0 Back Online Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V Back On Line Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V is Present Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V Back On Line 5 0V SES CO IO Power Supply 2 Power Supply Back On Line UPS Connection Detected UPS AC Power Restored UPS Battery Restored To Safe Level O SAF TE Device 2 NOTICE UPS Power Back On Line Peripheral Set 2 Device NOTICE UPS 2 AC Power Back On Line Peripheral Set 2 Device NOTICE UPS 2 Battery Back On Line SES COIO UPS 2 UPS Power Back On Line Event Messages C 5 C 4 Controller Events C 4 1 Critical ALERT 43 3V Low Voltage Detected 205 9V ALERT Controller FAN OLow Speed Detected O RPM Controller ALERT Redundant Controller Failure Detected Controller SDRAM ECC Multi bits Error Detected Controller SDRAM ECC Single bit Error Detected Controller SDRAM Parity Error Detected Controller PCI Bus Parity Error Detected BBU Absent or Failed Correct It and Reset Ctlr to Take Effect Controller BBU A bsent or Failed Controller BBU Failure Detected Controller BBU Thermal Shutdown Enter Sleep M ode C 4 2 War
137. UTION Cautionary messages should also be heeded to help you reduce the chance of losing data or damaging the system IMPORTANT The Important messages pertain to use the Falcon subsystem introduced in this manual Al WARNING Warnings appear where overlooked details may cause damage to the equipment or result in personal injury Warnings should be taken seriously Software and Firmware Updates Please visit RAID Inc s support site at www raidinc com support php for the latest software or firmware updates Problems that occur during the firmware update process may cause irrecoverable errors and system down time Always consult technical personnel before proceeding with any firmware upgrade Sl NOTE The firmware version installed on your system should provide the xiii complete functionality listed in the specification sheet user s manual We provide special revisions for various application purposes Therefore DO NOT upgrade your firmware unless you fully understand what a firmware revision will do XIV Chapter 1 Accessing the Array Serial Port and Ethernet Management Console This chapter describes how to establish the management access to your RAID subsystem The main topics include the following 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 RS 232C Serial Port Communication Parameters Out of Band via Ethernet Telnet Connection Secure Link over SSH 1 1 RS 232C Serial Port RAID Inc s controllers an
138. View and Edit Configuration Parameters and press ENTER on Communication Parameters This provides menu accesses to RS 232 Port Configuration and Internet Protocol lt TCP IP gt ue May 24 16 53 49 2005 P Cache Status Clean BAT lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channelS view and edit Configuration parameters Communication Parameters C iat RS 232 Port Configuration D Internet Protocol XTCP IP D V S uU V Redundant Controller Parameters Controller Parameters s Move Cursor tEnter Select iEsc c Exit iCtrl L Refresh Screen 1 2 1 RS 232 Port Configuration The RS 232 Port Configuration provides access to change the serial port operating parameters Each COM port COM1 or COM2 selection menu features two communication parameters Baud Rate and Terminal Emulation lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host lunsa uiew and edit Drives view and edit channel view and edit Configuration parameters u Communication Parameters C R amp S 232 Port Configuration I IF COMI Configuration ccu D Redu COM2 Configuration eters Cont Connecting Terminal 1 7 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 amp Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logica
139. age Snapshot NOTICE SC 1D 3BB6514353CF3B85 Creation Complete What Happened Creation of a Snapshot Container is completed What to Do Clear the message M essage Snapshot N OTICE SC 1D 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Extend Complete WhatHappened Theexpansion of a Snapshot Container is completed What to Do Clear the message M essage Snapshot N OTICE SC ID 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Deleted What Happened The specific Snapshot Container is deleted What to D o Clear the message C 38 RAID Inc M essage Snapshot NOTICE SS 1D 30A55D31 700F2AAB_ Creation Complete What Happened The creation of a Snapshot Set is completed What to Do Clear the message M essage Snapshot NOTICE SSID 30A 55D31700F2A A B Deleted WhatHappened The specific Snapshot Set is deleted User have to remap the source volume to host side ID LUN again to continue Os What to D o Clear the message M essage Snapshot NOTICE SI ID 1D3EO9F11D48E27A Creation Complete What Happened A Snapshot Image is created What to Do Clear the message M essage Snapshot N OTICE SI ID 1D3E09F 11D48E27A Deleted What Happened The specific Snapshot Image is deleted The necessary data will be merged to other snapshot images to keep the point in time image What to D o Clear the message M essage Snapshot N OTICE SI ID 1D3EO09F 11D48E27A Activated What Happened The specific Snapshot Image is activated The updated data at source volume will be recorded and stored in
140. al cable and null modem Lm i Step 2 Make sure the included null modem is already attached to the enclosure serial port or the management computer s COM port The null modem converts the serial signals for connecting to a standard PC serial interface 2 Assign an IP Address to the Ethernet Port N 7 Step 1 Select View and Edit Configuration Parameters from the main menu Select Communication Parameters gt Internet Protocol TCP IP gt press ENTER on the chip hardware address gt and then select Set IP Address om 7 Step 2 You may also use an auto discovery protocol such as DHCP Simply key in DHCP in the IP address field Nur ee eS ae ee es ee ee ee Fe E E E 7 EE Oue eN a eee U oe oe Step 3 Provide the IP address NetMask and Gateway values accordingly Connecting Terminal 1 11 1 4 Ki wo E HE tT Ar Ton E B 7 Tn 1 Too i E Le OON e eel 20070395 IE de JL M LA mL Reset your RAID subsystem for the configuration to take effect N 7 Step 5 PING the IP address from your management computer to make sure the link is up and running Telnet Connection LUN I Step 1 du 1 I Step 2 in J Step 3 da 7 Step 4 7 Step 5 J Step 6 N J Step 7 Use an Ethernet cable with RJ 45 phone jacks to connect the Ethernet port on the subsystem controller module Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable
141. alled for this purpose A 5 S M A R T Support drive showing symptoms of defects before it fails support implementations User selectable modes 1 Detect only for S M A R T 2 Perpetual Clone using a hot spare to clone the drive reporting SMART errors the hot spare remains a clone drive 3 Clone Replace using a hot spare to replace the drive reporting SMART errors the drive reporting errors is pulled offline Firmware Functionality Specifications 0 AT Active active redundant controller Synchronized cache Write back cache enabled in redundant controller mode Automatic failover A 6 Redundant Controller Supported Supported Through one or multiple dedicated synchronizing channels on a common backplane or external cabling Synchronized cache over SCSI channels Fibre loops or SATA channels is supported Synchronized cache can be disabled via a UI option when using write through mode in a redundant controller configuration to prevent performance trade offs Yes with synchronized cache connection and mirrored cache between controllers Yes user s interaction necessary e g to restart the software management console Automatic failback Yes user s interaction necessary Controller hot swap Parity synchronization in redundant controller write back mode to avoid write hole Redundant controller communication over Fibre loops No single point of failure Automatic engagement of re
142. ames and passwords must be configured here and on the initiator software or HBA configuration utility Host Alias Name SAN L Host TON ign 1991 05 com microsoft User Name MOT Set User target name and password are used for the inbound authentication processes between the called and calling parties Names and passwords are identical here and on the initiator side User name should contain at least 12 characters 7 10 RAID Inc User The user password here applies to a one way Password CHAP configuration for inbound authentication Note that some CHAP configuration utilities may use secret instead of password Target The target name here applies to the two way Name mutual CHAP authentication Identical target names and passwords must be configured here and on the initiator software or HBA configuration utility Host Alias Name SAN 1 Host ION iqn 1991 05 com microsoft playver User Mame SAM test User Password Mot Set T I N Target Name The Target name should contain at least 14 characters Step 3 2 Configuring Initiator IP and NetMask IP Address Enter the IP address of an iSCSI initiator Enter an appropriate NetMask value here Ew e NOTE Some login authentication utilities provided with iSCSI HBAs on Windows operating systems require a CHAP password of the length of at least 12 characters 7 2 2 Enabling Host Access to the iSCSI Array In addition to the host
143. and topological configurations properly set Whatto Do Check cabling and system installation Contact your supplier if no connection errors could be found M essage CHL WARN Redundant Path for CHL ID Expected but Not Found What Happened One of the dual loop members may have failed or been disconnected This event is regenerated in the event when one of the dual loop connections to an expansion enclosure can not be found after power up Make sure all channels are properly connected and topological configurations properly set Event Messages C 23 What to Do Check cabling and system installation A manual Issue LIP command may restore the connection Contact your supplier if no connection errors could be found M essage CHL ID WARN Redundant Path for CHL ID Failure Detected What Happened One of the dual loop members connecting device CHL ID may have failed or been disconnected Make sure all channels are properly connected and topological configurations properly set What to Do Check cabling and system installation Contact your supplier if no connection errors could be found C 2 3 Notification M essage CHL ID NOTICE Media Error Recovered OxD8001C 7C What Happened Data once stored on bad drive sectors has been successfully re conducted from adjacent data blocks stripes onto the original drive blocks or distributed onto other healthy sectors RAID Inc firmware translates SATA error codes into SCSI st
144. andard sense keys and sense codes That s the error codes at the end of message What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL NOTICE Fibre Channel Loop Connection Restored What Happened Specific Fibre Channel loop connection restored What to Do Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL ID NOTICE Redundant Path for CHL Restored What Happened Redundant path one of the drive side loop members for CHL _ ID is restored What to Do Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to dear the message M essage CHL NOTICE Redundant Path for CHL ID Restored What Happened The redundant path CHL connecting drive CHL ID _ is restored What to Do Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL ID Drive NOTICE Drive Recovered Error Reported What Happened Hard drive unrecoverable media error reported A bad block is encountered in the specified hard drive The RAID controller will ask the hard drive to retry What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL LIP FF B Detected C 24 RAID Inc What Happened A LIP isissued on CHL What to Do Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL Host Channel Notification Bus Reset Issued What Happened Bus reset on the CHL host channel What to Do Check proper host or drive side activities Press E
145. ange Password then press ENTER If a password has previously been set the controller will ask for the o ld password first If the password has not yet been set the controller will directly ask for the new password The password cannot be replaced unless the correct old password is provi ded Key in the old password then press ENTER If the password is incorrect it will not allow you to change the password Instead it will display the message Password incorrect then retrun to the previous menu If the password is correct or there is no preset password it will request for a new password Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 29 4 30 4 7 3 Enter the desired password in the column then press ENTER The n ext dialog box will display Re Enter Password Enter the password again to confirm and press ENTER The new password will now become the controller s password Providing the correct password is necessary when entering the Main Menu from the initial screen Reset Controller BIB Lco Keypac Q Step 1 To reset the Pesce Thie controller without Controller powering off the system press the up or Reset This down arrow keys to Controller Reset Controller then p ress ENT t Step 2 Press ENT again for twoseconds to confirm The controller will no W reset RAID Inc Terminal Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and
146. ange made to this setting will NOT take effect until the controller is RESET Prior to resetting the controller operation may not proceed normally Do vou want to reset the controller now Yes NO At least one controller s ID should be present on each channel Controller Date and Time This sub menu only appears in subsystem controller models equipped with a real time clock Setting the correct date and time is RAID Inc important especially when tracing system faults or applying automated maintenance utilities such as Media Scan scheduler RAID Inc s latest StorageWatch supports time synchronization with SNTP time server and it is recommended to specify your time zone Time Zone The controller uses GMT Greenwich Mean Time a 24 hour clock To change the clock to your local time zone enter the numbers of hours earlier or later than the Greenwich Mean Time after the plus or minus sign For example 9 is Japan s time zone sE LCD Keypad t Step 1 t Step 2 Q 9 Step 3 Step 4 Optimization amp Preparation Tasks Choose View and Edit Configuration Parame ters Controller Parameters then press ENT Press the up or down a rrow keys to scroll down an d select Set Controller Dat e and Time then press ENT Choose Time Zone by pressing ENT Use the down key to enter the plus sign and the up key to enter numbers View and Edit
147. anged the password some time before Host side 64 bit LBA Supports array configuration logical drive logical support volume or a partition of them of a capacity up to 64TB Host LUN geometry On FW 3 48 this feature comes with preset user configurable combinations of head cylinder and sector default geometry variables Solaris OSes User configurable Sector 32 64 127 255 or Variable geometry range Head 64 127 255 or Variable Cylinder lt 1024 lt 32784 lt 65536 or Variable Drive motor spin up Supported The controller will send spin up start unit command to each drive at the 4 sec intervals Drive side tagged Supported User adjustable up to 128 for each command queuing drive Host side maximum User adjustable up to 1024 queued I O count Maximum User adjustable up to 1024 concurrent host LUN connection Number of tags User adjustable up to 256 reserved for each Host LUN connection Controller shutdown Flushes cached contents upon the detection of ind critical conditions e g a high temperature condition persists for a long time diagnostics details Drive Spindown Idle Allows users to spin down hard drives when the Delay subsystem has been idle for certain period of time Maximum Drive User adjustable from 160 to 960ms If a disk drive Response Time fails to return data on read requests before the Guaranteed Latency timeout value is exceeded the array immediately I O generates data
148. as been stored to its previous H appened one drive failed status and the rebuild operation is automatically resumed by firmware This may occur when the system is powered off or reset during the rebuild process or that media errors have been discovered and corrected during the rebuild What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Rebuild What The rebuild process has begun H appened What to Do This is the message displayed when a stand by spare is available when a member drive fails or when a faulty drive is physically replaced The subsystem should automatically detect a drive for rebuild if the hot swap detection mechanism has been enabled M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Rebuild of Logical Drive Completed What The subsystem has successfully rebuilt a logical drive H appened Event Messages C 13 What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue Parity Regeneration Operation 3 J W hat The parity regeneration process continues to execute H appened W hat to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Parity Regeneration What Start regenerating parity of alogical drive H appened What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Parity Regeneration of Logical Drive Completed What The parity regeneration process on logical drive_ is complete
149. as io causnadnalina dein ID DEM ELO ees 4 Contiguratlon Proces esce tes a hate am nbus uon RM uM d Du 4 2 4 1 2 Write Back Cache Enable Disable cssesesessssessesss 4 3 4 1 3 Penrod Cache FUSI eean ea mec Etape Due oie ADR osa DUE o aw 4 7 Preparing Channels and Channel IDs 4 9 421 Channel Mode Settings 5 ber FR Dn Edere 4 9 422 Channel ID Configuration ut eec toti Feet ac abad uo ben ehe eas 4 10 Adding a BoSU DD ou tpa er E mn ai ae E MEI CEDE 4 12 IJetenno amI eerun Sui is ten Or Mer vento RPE ere or pre ee 4 14 Controller Date and TII oio De e ce cea debe pac Decio Cv A aues 4 16 Hic mec O 4 17 Dat and Miis EET RE 4 18 Faulty Drive DetectllOl oio nero cci nene sei vos eec ene lu ro ee rae wk earned 4 19 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap Check Time ccccccesssccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 4 19 Spare Drive Implementations Leeeeeeee esee eene nennen 4 21 Autosassieh Global Spale ueber tee SERRE tees ped pere a pex senses E 4 21 FE CIOS URS SANG neneda benda odes eesioe teased aaseton tase ticeteteacees 4 23 Drive Delayed Write cei coc cc noinine er neciasevnewceee 4 25 System FUNCOMS meet Pc 4 27 AP A MUG BOeODOF nassieupiccimauiten a a a aa 4 27 NEZ FAS SW Ol een E ed seated ce esata dale eases 4 27 4 7 2 1 Change PassWord coasa a a a 4 28 TI VACSELC ONTO Cl a sien tna A t Et
150. as the communication protocol With an in band connection a host computer cannot see a RAID controller UNLESS one of the following conditions is met Condition 1 a A logical unit has been created b At least one logical unit is mapped to a host ID or LUN using the RS 232 LCD keypad interface 8 6 RAID Inc Condition 2 a Host bus connection is established b The storage system controller is configured to appear as a peripheral device through the host links With a brand new array there is no association between disk drive configurations and the logical ID LUN numbers on the host bus If users want to start configuring a RAID system before any RAID configuration is made the host will not be able to see the RAID subsystem In order for a host to see the subsystem it will be necessary to define the controller subsystem as a peripheral device Different host operating systems require different adjustments See the tables below to find appropriate settings for your host operating system References to Peripheral Device Qualifier and Device up able Media are also included No Device Present Type 0x7F Direct access Device Type 0x0 Sequential access Device Type 0x1 Processor Device Type 0x3 CD ROM Device Type 0x5 Scanner Device Type 0x6 MO Device Type 0x7 Storage Array controller Device T Enclosure Services Device TypezOxD Unknown Device Type 0x1F Table 8 1 Peripheral Device Ty
151. at to Do Check driveside cabling installation working conditions This may result from bad signal quality or poor connection Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Drive WARN Block Reassignment Failed 0 10B What Happened Data regeneration and reassignment failed The Bad Block Table is full Too many bad blocks have been found on thedisk drive The adjacent data blocks on other member drives might have also been damaged What to Do Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel WARN Data Overrun Underrun Detected What Happened Data overrun underrun errors detected on the RCC channel CHL What to Do Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target WARN Data Overrun Underrun Detected What Happened Data overrun underrun errors detected on a disk drive CHL _ ID What to Do Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel WARN Data Overrun Underrun Detected What Happened Data overrun underrun errors detected on the drive channel CHL What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel WARN Negotiation Error Detected What Happened Negotiation errors occurred on the RCC channel CHL
152. ay system LDs made of 8 member drives are the optimal choice More LDs can be created if drive enclosures are added I Os distributed through members of the channel group will be automatically managed by system firmware A logical configuration of physical disk drives a logical drive or a logical partition can be associated with one or more host channel IDs or the LUN numbers under host IDs The methods used to present storage volumes to host ports are identical to the traditional SCSl based systems Please refer to previous chapters for complete discussions of RAID configuration process RAID Inc iSCSI Options IDs on Host Ports NXETESETIPETENNR scr ECHTE sex Gees Add channel SCSI ID res No By default an ID ID 0 is available on each host port If you prefer more IDs on the host ports select a host channel by pressing ENTER The View and Edit SCSI ID dialog will appear Up to 16 IDs are supported on a single host port The new IDs will be ready for use after a controller reset LUN Mapping Buick Hain Nenu gt installation vieu and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes View and edit Host luns rameters pn The LUN mapping process associates a storage volume with a host channel ID and LUN The configuration process is listed below Step 1 Select View and Edit Host luns in the Main Menu then press ENTER 7 19 Step 2 Step
153. be manually assigned to different controllers Controller A or Controller B and consequently Primary or Secondary to facilitate the active active load sharing configuration Host channel IDs are designated either as a Controller A or as a Controller B ID The controller A B IDs then function as the designators for workload assigned to different RAID controllers Each logical drive can be configured in a different RAID level Several logical drives can be striped together to compose a larger logical volume A logical volume then becomes the basic configuration unit for host LUN mapping and capacity management 9 1 Each of the logical units a logical drive logical volume or one of their partitions can be made available on one or more host ports using the host LUN mapping function 9 2 Each of them can be mapped or associated with one or more host ID LUNs Each of these associated host ID LUNs appears to the host operating system as a virtual storage volume The idea is diagrammed as follows 14 23 EX EX E amp E C LUN Views Host LUN Mapping 1 Logical Drives AN 8112 CHO BID 113 CH AID E112 CH1 BID 113 CH1 Physical Drives Figure 14 3 Grouping Hard Drives and Host LUN Mapping 10 As diagrammed below array composition can be very flexible You may divide a logical drive or logical volume into several partitions or use the entire logical drive as a single partition with or without the suppor
154. boot time for the optimal configuration to execute snapshot function including 1 RAID Cache write back policy 2 Disk buffer disabled 3 BBU protection enabled 4 BBU Event triggered operation enabled System will automatically default to the above configuration when snapshot function is activated What to Do Restore the suggested configuration value for snapshot function System will prompt user if the configuration is not configured as the default values for the optimal snapshot function C 40 RAID Inc
155. c oo Basic t i System Tools J New Volume Simple Dynamic NTFS faj Event viewer H S System Information amp Performance Logs and Alerts t 2 Shared Folders Device Manager Local Users and Groups sug Storage X Disk Management Disk Defragmenter E3 Logical Drives Removable Storage E ES Services and Applications lt SDisk 1 Dynamic New Volume E 16 58 GB 16 58 GB NTFS Online Healthy z3jCEDRom 0 CDRom D Online enn Bl Unallocated EE Primary Partition JJ Simple Volume Place the cursor on Disk 1 right click your mouse and select Properties You will see that the total capacity for the Drive E is about 16 5GB 11 13 11 14 Local Disk F Properties Security Quota Web Sharing General Tools Hardware Sharing Label Type Local Disk File system NTFS Wl Used space 68 108 288 bytes 64 3 MB 4 Free space 17 739 587 584 bytes 165 GB Capacity 17 807 695 872 bytes 16 5 GB Drive F Disk Cleanup Compress drive to save disk space v Allow Indexing Service to index this disk for fast file searching Cancel Follow the steps described in the previous section to add or copy amp replace disk drives and perform Logical Drive Expansion The 16 5GB logical drive has become a 25GB logical drive Place the cursor on that logical drive and then press
156. cccccccccsscsssseseneesesseeeeacsnsnsannssssseseccesesseess 5 6 5 3 3 LOOICAl Drive Preferences uio iude neu eau E FRANE VER SERRE RAE 5 6 5 3 4 Maximum Drive Capaci uisi oet a deu ere euge Ai 5 6 5 3 0 oDare Drive ASSIOBIients asset bostes tux tee Suet peus deu isla NUS 5 7 59 6 DISK Heserved ODaOGO ies Desc uade ete ei asta ee ue Eso stands 5 7 5 3 7 Logical Drive Assignment Dual Active Controllers 5 7 bcr dance T 5 8 5 3 9 Initialization Mode 1ccccccccccccecceccecceccecsesecsuesscascuensensenscsscuscuscaensenseness 5 9 53 TO SUDE SIZE ditio quiu Sen bride ee ET ee Ee PE 5 10 5 3 11 Beginning InitlallZallOn i cc iere ren ERU ean asa vu uoa nudus 5 12 5 5 Partitioning a Logical Drive Logical Volume 5 13 5 6 Mapping a Logical Volume Logical Drive to Host LUN 5 15 5 7 Assigning Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings 5 18 5 7 1 Adding a Local Spare Drive surasane eea 5 18 5 7 2 Adding a Global Spare Drive esie annes 5 18 5 7 3 Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive eeeeseeses eese 5 19 5 8 Deleting Existing RAID Arrays eeeeeeee eere 5 20 5 8 1 Deleting a Logical Drive eese nne 5 20 5 8 2 Deleting a Partition of a Logical Drive ssssssesesesssss
157. cessary to reconfigu re all host LUN mappings All data in it will be lost and all host LUN mappings will be removed when there is any change to t he partition capacity f If operating in a Unix based system reset the subsystem for the configuration changes to take effect if any changes were made to partition sizes and partition arrangement The process of partitioning a logical drive is the same as that of partitioning a logical volume The partitioning of a logical volume is used as an example in the proceeding discussion f Partitioning can be useful when dealing with complex storage e g dividing large logical configurations However partitioning a logical drive or logical volume is not a requirement for RAID configuration SS ot ue tte Cache Enable E MM OM NER EENENNNEEEEEEEEEN 827 311 77 77 77 34m 07707 O T At P T FE 7 Step 1 Select the logical volume you wish to partition then press ENTER Choose Partition logical volume then press ENTER Select from the list of undefined partitions and press ENTER Q Step2 A partition list displays If the logical volume has not yet been partitioned all volume capacity will list as partition 0 6 22 RAID Inc Q Step 3 t Step 4 Press ENTER and key in the desired capacity for the selected partition and then press ENTER to proceed The remaining capacity will be automatically allotted to the next partit ion When
158. clear the message Please renember to rearrange the added capacity which will appear as a new partition volume C 16 RAID Inc M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Migrate to Logical Drive Completed What The logical drive migration process is completed H appened What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting Media Scan What M edia Scan is manually or automatically started by the preset Task Happened Schedules on a specific disk drive What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting Media Scan What M edia Scan is manually or automatically started by the preset Task Happened Schedules on a specific member of Logical Drive O Whatto Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 01D 132 Completed W hat M edia Scan on a specific disk driveis completed Happened What to Do Press ESC to dlear the message M essage LG 0 NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 01D 132 Completed What M edia Scan on a specific member of Logical Drive 0 is completed Happened What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Continue Clone Operation What The target logical drive has been restored to its previous status H appened eg a failed drive is restored and the cloning process can continue What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting Clone Wha
159. computer is also connected to the Secondary controller WS Ucp Keypad Step 1 Press ENT key for two seconds to enter the firmware utility s Main Menu Step 2 Use the arrow keys to navigate through the configuration menus ime nd Gas m 7 l1ew 1 Choose View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT Step 3 Create a logical drive or choose an existing logical drive then press ENT to see the logical drive menu The creation procedure is detailed in previous chapters Logical Drive Step 4 Choose Logical Drive Assignment then press ENT Step 5 The message Redud Ctlr LG Assign Slot B wvill appear Press ENT for two seconds to Redud Ctlr LG confirm Assign Slot B Step 6 Map the logical drive or any logical unit to a host ID or a LUN number under controller B ID The host channel must have a Slot B ID If not available Slot B IDs can be manually added to a host channel Terminal Step 1 Access View and Edit Logical Drives from the Main Menu Create a logical drive by selecting members and then a selection box will appear on the screen 14 10 RAID Inc Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Redundant Controller BAT i Ctr i L ReTresn Screen For the first logical drive on the RAID subsystem simply select the first logical drive entry LG 0 and press ENTER to proceed You may create as many as 32 logical drives or more using drives in a RAID subsystem
160. cooling fan failure might have caused the situation Whatto Do Correct your installation site condition and cooling fan failure Contact your RAID system supplier if a replacement is necessary M essage Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Temperature Sensor O Failure Detected What H appened Temperature sensor failure reported through an I2C serial bus Event Messages C 27 What to Do Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Temperature Sensor O Not Present What Happened Temperature sensor failed or serial bus configuration connection faults occurred Whatto Do Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cold Detected What Happened Temperature dropped below the lower system threshold detected Improper installation site condition might have caused the situation W hat to Do Correct your installation site condition Contact your RAID system supplier M essage SES COIO Temp Sensor 0 Device N ot Supported WhatHappened Unrecognizable device type This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring W hat to Do Check proper module installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage UPS Connection Is A bsent What Happened TheCOM2 link to a UPS deviceis absent What to D o Check cabling to the UPS device If hardware faults occurred contact your RAID system supplier M essage SA F TE Device 2 ALERT UP
161. d Happened W hat to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation What Logical drive creation process started Note that the creation and H appened initialization processes are separated Creation of a logical drive only takes a second while the initialization may take hours with the arrays containing large capacity drives What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Initialization What Creation process is completed initialization process has begun to H appened generate parity sectors and readying member drives The On line Initialization mode takes a longer time to complete and allows the logical drive to receive host I Os immediately if appropriate host ID LUN mapping has been applied What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE On Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed What Logical drive on line initialization completed H appened What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Off Line Initialization What Creation process is completed initialization process has begun to H appened generate parity sectors and readying member drives The Off line initialization mode takes place immediately after the creation of a logical drive and does not allow host I Os to be distributed to the logical driv
162. d What Happened Phase signal abnormality detected on the specific drive channel What to D o Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel WARN Unexpected Disconnect Encountered What Happened Unexpected disconnect detected on the specific RCC channel What to Do Check cabling termination and canister connections and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target WARN Unexpected Disconnect Encountered What Happened Unexpected disconnect detected on the specific target disk drive What to Do Check cabling termination and canister installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel WARN Unexpected Disconnect Encountered What Happened _ Unexpected disconnect detected on the specific drive channel Whatto Do Check cabling termination and canister connections and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel WARN Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete What Happened __1 O timeout on specific RCC channel What to Do Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Ib Target WARN Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete What Happened Driveside target I O timeout Possible driveside cabling termination and canister connection abnormal or drive malfunctioning What to Do Check driveside cabling termination canister disk drive connections and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel WARN Timeout Waiting for I O t
163. d Local spare drive add Global spare drive d Enclosure spare drive Identity drive disk Reserved space unformatted drive Utilities t Step 1 Move the cursor bar to a disk drive that is not amember drive or a configured spare usually indicated as a New Drive and then press ENTER Q Step 2 Select Add Enclosure Spare Drive When prompted to Add Enclosure Spare Drive select Yes to complete the process Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 29 6 30 6 8 Logical Drive and Drive Member Related Functions Select View and Edit Logical Drives in the Main Menu to display t he array status Refer to the previous chapter for more details onthe legends used in the Logical Drive s status To see the drive member information choose the logical drive by pressing ENT ER Won Jum amp 20 47 42 2005 TCAE Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Name logical drive assignments Expand logical drive add drives regenerate parity copy and replace drive Media scan write policy The logical drive related functions include Function Description Displays member drive information Delete Logical Drive Deletes a logical drive 3 Partition Logical Drive Creates or removes one or more partition within a logical drive Logical Drive Name Assigns a name to a logical drive 5 Logical Drive Assigns a logical drive to the Primary or Assignments Seco
164. d physical drive s To RAID Inc deselect the drive press ENTER again on the selected drive The x mark will disappear Use the same method to select more logical drives if preferred When selection is done press ESC to continue Step 4 Confirming the Creation of a Task Schedule Media Scan Priority Normal Iteration Count Single Time start Time and Date Fri Hay 7 14 09 00 2004 Schedule Periad LO hours Execution Mace Sequence Priority z Low Logical Drive count L Create Task Schedule 7 ha Step 4 1 When finished with setting the scheduler options press ESC to display a confirm box Step 4 2 Verify all information in the box before choosing Yes to confirm and to complete the configuration process 10 3 Manual Rebuild If you want the controller to auto detect a replacement drive make sure you have a check time value set for the following option 1 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap check time These two configurable options can be found under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters Data Integrity 10 9 10 10 A IMPORTANT f A manual rebuild occurs in a subsystem that has no hot spare f In a subsystem configured with hot spares the rebuild should take place automatically f The rebuild function will only appear if a logical drive in RAID level 1 3 5 or 6 has a failed member f Carefully verify the location of a fai
165. d subsystems can be configured via a PC running a VT 100 terminal emulation program or a VT 100 compatible terminal RAID enclosures usually provide one or more DB 9 or audio jack RS 232C serial ports Simply use an included serial cable to connect the subsystem controller s serial port to the serial COM port on your management computer Out of Band via Serial Port and Ethernet 1 1 1 2 ET a Management console Serial cable COM1 759 Management ett console Mull modem Serial Y cable a le e nl E a cow eito mla Dala tA m Figure 1 2 Management Consol via COM1 Dual Controllers Using a Y cable Make sure you use the included null modem IFT 9011 to convert the serial port signals A null modem is always provided with your RAID subsystem controller The null modem has the serial signals swapped for connecting to a standard PC serial interface RAID Inc The following are guidelines on using the serial port The serial port s defaults are Table 1 1 Serial Port Defaults 38400 Dua peoo Pay froe C Stop bit 1 Flow control f Use the COM1 serial port for a terminal management session In most cases connecting RxD TxD and signal ground is enough to establish communication with a terminal If you are using a PC as a terminal any VT 100 terminal emulation software will suffice Microsoft Windows includes a terminal emulation program in the Start gt
166. d the Celsius reading displays Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage SES COIO Temp Sensor 1 Temperature Back to N on Critical L Vs WhatHappened Temperature sensor 1 reports operating temperature is now within normal temperature range Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage SA F TE Device 1 NOTICE Power Supply Back On Line ldx 4 What Happened A power supply once missing or failed is now restored This event is reported through the SA F TE monitoring interface Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message C 30 RAID Inc M essage Power Supply 0 Back Online WhatHappened Power supply moduleO is back online Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V Back On Line What Happened Power supply module 0 restored normal 12V voltage range What to Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V is Present What Happened Power supply module 0 restored normal 12V voltage range What to Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V Back On Line 5 0V What Happened Power supply module 0 restored normal 12V voltage range Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage SES CO 10 Power Supply 2 Power Supply Back On Line WhatHappened Power supply module 2 once missing or failed is now restored Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage UPS Connection Detected What
167. d their related information Windows iSNS server is available in Windows 2000 service pack 4 and Windows Server 2003 ISNS functions can be embedded in an IP Storage switch gateway or router or centralized in an iSNS server o Use ofiSNS in support of iSCSI is optional in RFC 4171 o A Name Service Providing Storage Resource Discovery o Discovery Domain DD and Login Control Service o State Change Notification Service o Open Mapping of iSCSI Devices initiators then can query the iSNS to identify potential targets Zoning by Discovery Domains to restrict the discovery of IP Storage targets to authorized functional groups State change notification alerts iSNS clients to any change in status of a registered device or reconfiguration of the client s Discovery Domain An example of iSNS implementations is Microsofts iSNS Server 3 0 which is available at Microsoft s download site The iSNS server enables the interchange of data in a domain consisting of initiators and targets according to user s preferences Setting the iSNS Service The iSNS service option is found in View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Communication Parameters Press Enter on an existing or empty entry to key in the IP address where iSNS service resides lt Main Menu gt 1903 F gt FED 192 222 222 22 p ug m view and edit Peripheral devices system Functions view system Information view and edit Event lags RAID Inc
168. dcos f Igel ure E Pine Patton gl Spal vole 7 Logical Drive E is now composed of two partitions with a total volume of 2500MB To see this hold down on the Ctrl key and select both Disk 1 and Disk2 then right click your mouse and select Properties Drive E now has a capacity of about 25GB Array Expansion 11 17 New Volume E Properties 11 18 RAID Inc Chapter 12 S M A R T Support 12 1 Overview With the maturity of technologies like S M A R T drive failures can be predicted to certain degree Before S M A R T receiving notifications of drive bad block reassignments may be the most common omen that a drive is about to fail In addition to the S M A R T related functions as will be discussed later a system administrator can also choose to manually perform Clone Failing Drive on a drive which is about to fail This function provides system administrators a choice on when and how to preserve data from a failing drive Although not necessary under normal conditions you may also replace any drive at will even when the source drive is healthy The Clone Failing Drive can be performed under the following conditions 1 Replacing a failing drive either detected by S M A R T or notified by the controller 2 Manually replacing and cloning any drive with a new drive 12 2 Clone Failing Drive Unlike the similar functions combined with S M A R T the Clone Failing Drive i
169. dd the spare prive Successful drive The message Add Global Spare Drive Successful will be displayed on th e screen WARNING Assigning a hot spare to an array composed of drives of a different interface type should be avoided For example a SATA Global spare may accidentally participate in the rebuild of an array using SAS members It is better to prevent mixing SAS an d SATA drives in a logical drive configuration 5 7 3 Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive In environments where RAID volumes might spanacross several enclosures e g using JBODs this option can designate a spare drive to rebuild a failed drive within the same enclosure Q Step1 To create an Enclosure Spare Drive press ENT for twoseconds to enter the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Drives then press ENT t Step 2 Disk drive information will be display ed on the LCD Press the up or down arrow keys to _____ Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 19 select a disk drive that has not been assigned to any logical drive then press ENT Q Step 3 Press the up or down arrow keys to select Add Enclosure se ue Spare Drive Spare Drive then press ENT a Step 4 When the last digit changes to jiga Enciosure a question mark press Spare Drive ENT again for two seconds to c reate the enclosure spare The message Add Spare Drive Successful will be Add Spare Drive Succe
170. dels such as the EonRAID 2510FS and Falcon F16F Require a special No firmware for redundant controller A 7 Data Safety Data Service The SANWAatch software provides management Snapshot interfaces for the Snapshot functionality Please refer to SANWatch User s Manual for details Supported Can be manually executed to ensure logical drives that bad sectors do not cause data loss in the event of drive failure Scheduled Media Scan Revision 3 34 and above allows Media Scan to be scheduled starting at a specified start time and repeated at regularly timed intervals The start time and time intervals can be selected from drop down menus Start time is manually entered using its numeric representatives in the following order MDDhhmmY Y Y Y Y and it reads the date and time set for the controller s real time clock The selectable time intervals the Execution Period range from one 1 second to seven 7 weeks Each such schedule can be defined to operate on individual hard drives all members of a specified logical drive or members of selected Firmware Functionality Specifications 1 A9 logical drives Each schedule can include up to five 5 logical drives The RS 232C terminal interface and StorageWatch revision 2 0 support this functionality Bad block auto Supported Automatic reassignment of bad reassignment block Battery backup for Supported The battery backup unit supports cache memory cache mem
171. des more than one logical drive the scan can be performed simultaneously on multiple logical drives together or separately on one logical drive at a time following a sequential order Media Scan Priority Media Scan Priority Normal Iteration Coumt Single Time Tass ER Low FT ntroller Initialization YES S Improv d date Fri May 7 14 09 00 2004 gh iod Hat Set de Concurrence The scan priority determines how much of the system s resources will be consumed to perform the scheduled task Select Low for better array performance and longer time to complete the media scan Higher priority allows higher scan performance at the cost of reduced array performance Select Logical Drives Execute on Controllar Initialization YES Start tine and date Fri Hay 7 La f4 00 2004 Execution Period Net Set Media Scan Mode Concurrence 4 A B ia Scan Priority Normal ezt lopmical drives ll Logical Grives To Sa lest Leeqica LG Priority Exaocutian Moda Concur rara Cancur ranca Canzur r aerea Press ENTER on Select Logical Drives to bring out a sub menu From there you may include all configured arrays or press ENTER on To Select Logical Drives to select one or more specific logical drive s Logical drives can be tagged for inclusion by positioning the cursor bar on the logical drive and then pressing ENTER An asterisk x mark will appear on the selecte
172. detected errors eg abnormal rotation speed seek time delay ec What to Do Carefully check drive status and replace the unstable failed drive Contact your RAID system supplier M essage WARN SMART Slot _ Predictable Failure Detected Starting Clone What Happened One or more hard drive s reports SMART detected defects Starts using a pre defined spare drive to clone the member drive suspected of inherent errors This happens when SMART detection is enabled with the Copy amp Replace or Perpetual Clone reaction schemes What to Do Press ESC to clear the message After the cloning process you may consider replacing the defective drive with a good one and configure it as a spare drive in case drive failure might happen in the future M essage WARN SMART SIot Predictable Failure Detected TEST WhatHappened Thisresults from a manually executed test command This ensures your disk drive supports SMART detection and report functionality Whatto Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL WARN Fibre Channel Loop Failure Detected What Happened Fibre Channel loop integrity warning Lack of bypass or nodes on a loop caused a Fibre loop to fail What to D o Check host or drive side connection Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL WARN Redundant Loop for CHL Failure Detected WhatHappened One of the dual loop members may have failed or been disconnected Make sure all channels are properly connected
173. disks RAID Inc 4 1 2 rite Back Cache Enable Disable Cache Status C BAT 3444 Hain Menu gt Quick instal lation views and edit Logical drives view amd edit logical volumes vies and edit Host Tuns view and edit Drives channels View amd edit Configuration paraneters As one of the sub menus in Caching Parameters this option controls the cached write policy Select Caching Parameters by moving the cursor bar then press ENTER Select Write Back Cache then press ENTER When Write back is Enabled the write requests from the host will be held in cache memory and distributed to disk drives later When Write back is Disabled i e the Write through is adopted host writes will be directly distributed to individual disk drives Select Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting The Write through mode is safer if your controller is not configured in a redundant pair and there is no battery backup or UPS device to protect cached data Write back caching can dramatically improve write performance by caching the unfinished writes in memory and letting them be committed to drives in a more efficient mann er In the event of power failure a battery backup module can hold cached data for days Configuration Variables The Write back options can be found either here in the Configuration Parameters menu or in the View and Edit Logical Drive
174. down Logical Drive arrow keys to choose Partition Logical Drive then press ENT 9 LG 0 Prt 0 Step 4 The first 200MB 2 partition s informatio n will be shown onthe LCD Press the up or down arrow keys to browse through LG 0 Prt 1 the 300MB E existing partitions in the logical drive Select a partition by LG 0 Prt 2 D pressing ENT for two seconds aE t Step5 Use the up or down arrow keys to change the number of the flashing digit to 40 then press ENT to move to the n ext digit After changing all the digits press ENT for two seconds The disk space of the deleted partition will be automatically allocated to the previous partition as diagrammed below Forexample if partition 1 is deleted its disk space will be added to partition 0 Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 2 Logical Drive Logical Drive 1000MB 1000MB Partition 0 100MB Partition 0 300MB il 100 200 The capacity of the deleted partition will be added to Partition 1 200MB Delete Partition 2 300MB Partition 1 Partition 1 300MB Partition 3 400MB the previous partition Partition 2 400MB Figure 5 5 Drive Space Allocated to the Previous Partition 5 9 Naming a Logical Drive 7 Step1 Press ENT for nue second vale ana ae toenter the Main Menu togical Drives x Press the up or down arrow ke s to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press EN a LGO RAID5 DRV 3
175. ds the maximum transfer rate of a host channel you will not be able to enjoy the performance gain by simultaneous disk access SOMBIs Mechanical speed I g Logical Drive speed 4b 16x a ate A a ca a d d d g Sad er x A j 91919191919198 50 x 16 BOOMEB s EIE i jJ Panty calculating efforts 720 or 3DMB s A00MB s Host Bus The diagram below shows a logical drive consisting of 16 members and associated with a host ID as the result of using the Quick Installation function in a 16 bay enclosure Although host applications may not always realize the theoretical numbers shown here the host bus bandwidth apparently becomes a bottleneck and the benefit of simultaneous disk access will be seriously reduced RAID Inc 3 4 Logical Drive Status Cache Status Clean e e o feo sane aff A C E Pel E a J 2 lr Bl T2SALAFS SALAFS NATRATDS 1500 1500 Good coor UN Fel INN 1 A logical drive in a single controller subsystem is always managed by one controller and the A or B indicator will not appear LG Logical Drive number A Managed by Slot A controller B Managed by Slot B controller LV The Logical Volume to which this logical drive belongs ID Firmware generated unique array ID RAID RAID level SIZE MB Capacity of the Logical Drive Status 1 Logical Drive Status Column 1 GOOD The logical drive is in good condition DRV FAILED A drive member failed in the lo
176. dvanced Sellmys ajx Gsnsal IPoa Connacl be Leng Local scspher Deia Docs IP Em Lagt Fald CAC r Checksum Data digest Header digest v TERT ham niemo CHAF halos ensure data secun op presiding authenticatian belier a largel anc an initislor Ining lo establish a connection Ta use k zpeci lhe zams tage LHP sess thal ves coniguied on lhe Lengel lor Ihis initiator User rame ign 1991 05 com miene nubere Tange seciel Pero manaa authentication Ta use mutual CHAP zpesalp an milia seciel on Ihe Irdia a Dange page and conliguns that secret on Ihe benget Cancel apply iSCSI Options 7 8 NOTE Microsoft iSCSI initiator uses IQN as the default User name for CHAP setting A different User name can be specified here instead of the default However If you change the node name on the initiators General Setting page the initiator will appear to RAID Inc s iSCSI storage with a different Host IQN HLA Habb Friar Teresa Cevea Taga Peien Tagan Foured okumee Dee Main Menu gt k Stal lati e STE LU WG hr CSI potter ui Bor Eier rimas ko unione VIEN EP ely Hui ror el hire Lagen WT fa s r 351 ami 7 af prerveri ii M M v yo pH Inisi Howe Meee pE Made name user Password Indkm Target Mame appserverl Target Password pn IP Address 192 153 5 87 Premi n od ni MA Cle 255
177. e S 4 30 4 74 Shutd wn Controller acea ot erian Debs bun ERE 4 31 4 7 5 Controller Maintenance eese eese nnns nnn 4 32 4 7 6 Saving NVRAM to DISKS ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeseenenssssscsseseeeesecceseesseseseesenenss 4 32 4 7 7 Restore NVRAM from Disks 1ccccccccsssseeeceeceecsseesesecesssaseensecessssaaeeesees 4 34 4 FO Clear CORE DUMP EET 4 35 4 7 9 Adjust LCD CONN AST vas aia teria Wisse dat savceht beset anced fui fon ir cet eesotae tsa 4 36 Controller Parameters 55e dece ctetuer det x eed Uo te kk tienes 4 36 4 5 T ODIO er NaMe ui oos ieu e ee 4 36 4 8 2 LCD Title Display Controller Name essen 4 38 4 8 3 Password Validation Timeout eese eiie 4 38 4 8 4 Controller Unique ldentifier sese 4 39 System DETA UNS isi rust ine Code cue usan aen ae DU de Cua de 4 41 Chapter 5 Creating RAID Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping 5 1 5 2 5 3 Power On RAID Enclosure terio ero a reir pee EE 5 1 Individual DISK Menu sooo eoa Dee doceo dn oecua do De tun cepe eda ero suse E RP DTE Lu add 5 2 Dive CHINES Tr 5 2 Drive Read Wite Test cin io oats oldie edt ae 5 2 VIEW Physical DIVOS rioria E bep ta pnlephets teense ie Trans v Pe tS a DURS OS REN SERM E EI 5 4 Creating a Logical Drive 5a ic iier eraot s cer epo RE aou a DEL Pd s aioe oceans 5 5 5 3 1 Choosing a RAID L6Vel sio pt le pee eee Aiea 5 5 5 3 2 Choosing Member Drives uu scsc
178. e at the same time What to Do Press ESC to clear the message C 14 RAID Inc M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Off Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed What Logical drive off line initialization completed Thelogical driveis H appened now ready for host ID LUN mapping and then receiving host Os Whatto Do Press ESC to dear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Expansion What Start expanding the logical drive s added or free capacity H appened previously not included when system find appropriate time after selecting to expand its capacity The On Line mode allows the added capacity of a logical drive to appear immediately as a usable partition and ready for host Os This partition may require being associated with a separate ID LUN on the host bus Response to host I Os will be slower because the expansion process requires distributing data blocks and parity data across new drive sectors Whatto Do Press ESC to dear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE On Line Expansion of Logical Drive Completed What Logical drive on line expansion completed The added capacity H appened will appear as a new partition and this partition may require being associated with a separate ID LUN on the host bus Adjustments should also be made through the host OS volume management utility Whatto Do Press ESC to dear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Startin
179. e is entered an error message will prompt and the new parameter will be ignored For example if the controller operates in a system enclosure where the upper limit on ambient temperature is relatively higher or lower adjusting the default thresholds can coordinate the controller status monitoring with that of your specific enclosure specifications DEES Cache Status Clean lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view logical volumes Host luns scsi Drives scsi channels Configuration t Periphera Trigger Thresholds Trigger Thresholds Trigger Thresholds Trigger Thresholds n Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit scsi Drives view and edit Scsi channels parameters 3 3V Events 5V Events 12V Events CPU Temperature Events view and edit Configuration parameters jiew and edit Peripheral devices Trigger Thresholds for 3 3V Events Trigger Thresholds for 5V Events t Tagen Thresholds for aA Events EM Keys nter elect Step 4 Select an item such as Trigger Thresholds for CPU Temperature Events Press ENTER and a list of selections will appear You can change the upper or lower threshold values by keying a number Press ENTER to confirm Enclosure Management 9 11 9 12 9 3 ache Status ean Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical dr
180. e not available for drives al ready configured in a logical configuration and can only be performed before a reserved space is created on a disk drive Drive Read Write Test From the View and Edit Drives menu select a new or used drive that the utility is to be performed on then press ENT Select Drive Utilities then press ENT t Step 3 Choose Read Write Test and press ENT Tips Slot 1010MB NEW DRV SEAGATE View and Edit Drives Drive Utilities us Drive Read Write Test Drive Read Write lest This function will not be available with a formatted or used drive You may manually remove the 256MB reserved space to re configure a used drive into a new drive RAID Inc Q Step4 Press the up or down arrow keys to select and Occur Enabled choose to enable disable the following options 1 Read Write Test Type Read Drive Test for Only or Read and Write Read and Write 2 Action on Detection of Error Continue Test RW Test Type Read Only Action When Err CC LC Abort on Detection of Hard Errors only only hardware errors in 8 bit en Abort on Detection of Any Errors including hardware media errors etc coding 3 Recovery Process Recovery Process No Recovery No Recovery Mark BIk Bad mark the affected blocks as bad Reassignment try to reassign data residing on the affected sectors to oth
181. eating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 5 3 8 IMPORTANT D are releases before rev 3 48 A logical drive can be assigned to either the Primary controller or the Secondary controller Firmware releases rev 3 48 or later A logical drive can be assigned to both the Primary a nd Secondary controllers Since the Primary Secondary role can change during a controller failover RAID controllers are identified as Slot A and Slot B controllers in firmware rev 3 48 Slot A refers to the upper controller slot which isthe default location for the dominating or master controller Slot B refers to the lower controller slot Q Step 8 3 1 In a 9j Step 8 3 2 Write Policy dual controller config Change logical uration Drv Parameter the assignment menus should appear as listed on the right Logical Drive Assignments If you want to assign this lo gical drive to the Slot B con troller use Red Ctlr LG Assign to Slot B your arrow keys and press ENT once to display the question mark Press again for two seconds to confirm the change This menu allows you to set the caching mode policy for this specific logical drive Default is is coordinated general caching choices are Write Policy a neutral value that Default with the subsystem s mode setting Other write poli cy Default Write back and Write through 9j Step 8 4 1 Press ENT once
182. ect the logical drive with its members copied and replaced Step 2 Select Expand Logical Drive in the sub menu and press ENTER to proceed A confirming box will appear Step3 Proceed by pressing ENTER or entering any value no larger than the maximum drive expand capacity and press ENTER Status o em ese mi ww 009 3 RN View scsi drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Name logical drive Assignments rExpand logical drive Maximum Available Drive Free Capacity 1000MB Maximum Drive Expand Capacity MB 1000 Q E V v v v v v S v V Step 4 Choose Yes to confirm Step 5 Upon completion you will be prompted by the notification message ZRPanding Hot if ication Expansion ef Legical Drive B Completed Step 6 Press ESC to return to the previous menu screen As shown below the total capacity of logical drive has been expanded to 6GB 11 10 RAID Inc 11 6 Expand Logical Volume NOTE If the logical drive that has an expanded capacity is a member of a logical volume make sure you expand all logical drives within the logical volume A logical volume is made of logical drives that are striped together Unless all logical drives within a logical volume have excessive capacity you cannot expand a logical volume Step 1 To expand a logical volume expand its logical drive member s and then perform Expand logical volume
183. ed on the surviving controller previously the new boot record binary must be installed The COM 2 serial port cannot be used to downloa d firmware B 2 Upgrading Firmware Using StorageWatch Manager B 2 1 Establish the In band SCSI connection in StorageWatch Manager Please refer to StorageWatch User s Manual for details on establishing the management session for StorageWatc h Manager System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 2 2 Upgrade Both Boot Record and Firmware Binaries heise Bape 7 i 4 1 I om e oma em ppm C Figure B 1 Upgrading Boot Hecord and Firmware Binaries Using StorageWatch Program Connect to the RAID system locally or from a remote comput er using StorageWatch Manager While connected to the RAID system there will be icon s with IP address specified on the left of the menu screen Select by double clicking the icon of the RAID system which firmware is to be upgraded Selec t the Configuration Parameters icon and then select the System tab Single click the Download FW BR check circle Click the Apply button to proceed A message prompt should display Click Yes and then a file location prompt wil l appear Provide the boot record binary filename the StorageWatch Manager will start to download the boot record binary to the controller After the boot record download is completed provide the firmware filename to the StorageWatch Manager It will
184. edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives wiew and edit channels view and edit configuration parameters Shutdown This view and edit Peripheral devices Controller w Mute beeper change Fassword Reset contro 5 C Reset Controller F Yes No To reset the controller without powering off the system move the cursor bar to Reset Controller then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows then press ENTER The controller will now reset Before resetting or powering off the RAID controller subsystem it is advised you execute the Shutdown Controller function to flush the cache contents in the memory in order to reduce the chance of encountering data inconsistency 4 7 4 Shutdown Controller Before powering off the controller unwritten data may still reside in cache memory Use the Shutdown Controller function to flush the cache content Shutdown This Controller t Step 1l Press the up or down arrow keys to Shutdown Controlle r then press ENT Press ENT again for two seconds to confirm ShutdownComplete P R Lr Q Step2 The controller wil now EROR flush the cache memory Press E NT for two seconds to confirm and to reset or power off the subsystem Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 31 E Terminal Before powering off the controller unwritten data may still reside in cache memory Use the Shutdown Controller
185. edit logical volumes view and edit Hast luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit aes parameters eral devices view and edit Perip v Dorn load Firmware Advanced Maintenance Functions Save nvram to disks R R 5 Save NMVRAM To Disks Wes Hc Choose Yes to confirm A prompt will inform you that NVRAM information was successfully saved Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 33 4 34 4 7 7 Restore NVRAM from Disks If you want to restore your NVRAM information that was previously saved onto the array use this function to restore the configuration setting Q Step 1 From the Main Menu choose System Functions Use arrow keys to Restore NVRAM scroll down and select puusm Dieks Controller Maintenan e Restore NVRAM from Disks and then press ENT Q Step 2 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm t Step 3 In case your previous password Restore without Password h reserved a the time you saved your NVRA M configuration contents is different from your current password you are provided with the options whether to restore the password you previously saved with your configuration profile A prompt will inform you that the controller NVRAM data has been successfully restored fro m disks From the Main Menu choose System Functions Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Maintenance Restore NVRA
186. edundant Controller erret init huiskat A 8 A F Data Salely nodus ioo cnc other aiia decet eus eR Pec EUG A 9 A 9 SyStem SecUFILVs uncus esos ieo deus a Leod encore ect dv oes dese b vu TUN a Eod EP A 10 A 9 Environment Management cec cceeeeeeee eene nennen eene A 11 A10 User IIS ACC ouo nine ceo aos sete ee euro Poo CL ac Oba uL ua eas A 12 A TT High Availabilily 2 32 Hope Unas v a dev ve CU vve ee at cep E Go cues noE A 13 Appendix B System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 1 Upgrading FIFIBWOATFG ceni eoe e fo eee eter i aereo ei oir coire nete eee eei B 1 B 1 1 Background RS 232C Firmware Download Single Controller B 1 B 1 2 Note for Redundant Controller Firmware Upgrade B 2 B 2 Upgrading Firmware Using StorageWatch Manager B 2 B 2 1 Establish the In band SCSI connection in StorageWatch Manager B 2 B 2 2 Upgrade Both Boot Record and Firmware Binaries B 3 B 2 3 Upgrade the Firmware Binary Only sess B 4 B 3 Upgrading Firmware Using RS 232C Terminal Emulation B 5 B 3 1 Establishing the connection for the RS 232C Terminal Emulation B 5 B 3 2 Upgrading Both Boot Record and Firmware Binaries B 5 B 3 3 Upgrading the Firmware Binary Only esses B 6 Appendex C Event Messages and
187. ee cR n s cm mE onis A C C WC LS i F LAN Parity Orive Read aheads sss Ee i zaa fy TESKE Figure 13 1 Read ahead Operation for Applications Featuring Fewer Streams With the Fewer Streams setting the related Maximum Drive Response Time is automatically set to 160ms to prevent interruptions by media errors RAID Inc Multi Streaming Simultaneous Access Performance The Multi Streaming option is designed for applications featuring shorter length and concurrent requests coming in the swarm of outstanding I Os e g low bit rate clips in VOD or MOD Media Broadcasting Shown below is a RAID3 array configured in a 512KB stripe size With multiple say 16 outstanding l Os targeting at different data files I Os fall simultaneously on different member drives As the result each hard drive s actuator arms can quickly move to the next location to fulfill another I O request pet t uem pet a af a Hid Multiple Streams 16x 512KB Outstanding NOs m r Fe tL ie r ANAS WO ic a Parity Drive SS qoom EY 16x or more data drives Data Drives RAIDS Array Figure 13 2 Multi Streaming Applications The Multi Streaming option automatically configures the Maximum Drive Response Time to 960ms because read latency cause less serious problems with the smaller randomly generated file requests in VOD MOD than the large sequential files in N
188. ent they consider as had been temporarily disconnected If multiple systems in a local network are configured with an identical ID the DHCP server will assign the same MAC address to these subsystems causing troubles with network connection As for the multiple Ethernet ports on a subsystem the firmware automatically designates different ports with different MAC bits Step 3 Press ENTER to select Set IP Address View Statistics Set IP Address Step 4 Setting an IP address Step 4 1 Press ENTER on the address line and enter the preferred address Contact your network administrator to obtain a list of valid IP addresses Provide the adequate NetMask and Gateway values accordingly Address 192 122 4 232 NetMask 255 255 0 0 Gateway 192 122 2 4252 Address 122 128 4 230 Step 4 2 DHCP Method Key in DHCP in the address field if the DHCP configuration method is preferred and supported by the local network A CAUTION It is not recommended using the DHCP method In cases of server failure users of the DHCP method may risk the possibility of disconnection Assigning the iSNS Server Address ISNS Overview ISNS stands for Internet Storage Name Service iSNS is a common discovery naming and resource management service for all of the IP storage protocols RAID Inc s iSNS implementation complies with RFC 4171 standards iSNS discovers iSCSI initiators and targets within a domain an
189. ep 7 Press ENT for two seconds and the controller will start to scan for the new controller and bring it Redundant Ctlr Primary Scanning Step 3 Choose Set Peripheral Device Peripheral Entry then press ENT Devices Entry Step 4 Select Redundant Ctlr Redundant Ctlr Function then press ENT UIS Step 5 The message Redundant Ctlr Slot A Slot B Degraded will Redundant Ctlr appear on the LCD Slot A Degraded Step 6 Press ENT and the message posssert Reset Deassert Reset on Failed Ctlr on Failed ctlr will appear online Step 8 The new controller will then start to initialize Step 9 Once initialized the replacement controller should assume the role of the Secondary Controller and if the replacement is installed into the M I IL IE IL II Redundant Controller 14 18 upper slot it will restore its Primary role after a system reboot Terminal When the new controller is connected the existing controller will automatically start initializing the replacement controller If the replacement controller failed to initialize try the following Thu Sep 22 18 81 31 20685 Cache Status Clean Hain Menu gt Wuick installation Vien and edit Logical drives Vien and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels Wien d edit Configuration vie d edit Peripheral ar ameter dew ces
190. er 10 Data Integrity 10 1 Faled Drive DEC CUO IN uiuis cun reacciona nns te in ou o Eoo ns eoe oae nepote 10 2 10 1 1 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap Check Time sessssssssss 10 2 10 1 3 Auto Assign Global Spare Drive ccssssssssseeeeeeel 10 3 10 2 Scheduled Maintenance ccccescesccsscescnsceeccescescescenscnscescessensensensenssensenses 10 5 TASK SCHOQUION qe TETUER RUMS 10 5 10 3 Manual R byild mio oo erae ear o ere pre E iene ck vb d Ea are ue ea ETUs 10 9 10 4 Regenerating Logical Drive Parity 10 12 10 4 1 Overwrite Inconsistent Parity sees 10 12 10 4 2 Generate Check Parity Error Event sesseeeseeees 10 12 10 5 Disk Array Parameters 11 11111eeeeeeeee eere eren nnne 10 13 VOD RAC OU udo sy mr 10 13 10 5 2 VOHICalloDon WOS oodd Laos os du odi mea pupa Dv biet dien dud cn b d 10 14 10 5 3 Maximum Drive Response Time sssssseseeeee eene nnne 10 15 Response Time in Read Scenarios sss 10 15 Maximum Drive Response Time in Write Scenarios sss 10 15 Chapter 11 RAID Expansion neu a 11 1 11 2 Notes on EXPANSION uou iei oe alaaa Fore reb eue tutes ooa iaaa uice Lpa Aaa En 11 1 11 3 Mode 1 ExpanslODh ceccceee cac iuc odo th certo ia aaa aa aaia Eres 11 4 Adding Drives
191. er drive secto rs Frst Try Reassi Recovery Execute Drive by attempting to reassign and Testing T mark bad if reassignment fails 4 Execute Drive Testing Test Progress Q Step 5 When finished with Drv Testing 23 Please Wait configuration select Execute Drive Testing and press ENT to proceed t Step 6 The Read Write test progress will be indicated as a percentage List Current Bad Block Table 2 Step 7 You may press ESC and select Read Write Test ater and press the up or down arrow keys to select t O View Read Write Testing Progress or to List C urrent Bad Block Table If you Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD Abort Read Write Testing P 5 4 want to stop testing the drive select Abort Drive Testing and press ENT to proceed View Physical Drives A RAID subsystem consists of many physical drives These drives can be grouped into one or several logical configurations i Step 1 Press the front panel ENT button for two seconds and Edit l Drives toenter the Main Menu Use the up or down arrow keys to navigate through the menus Choose View and Edit Drives then press ENT t Step2 Use the up or down s lot 1010MB arrow keys to scroll down New DRV SEAGATE the list of connected drives information scre ens You may first examine whether there is any drive installed but not shown here If there is a drive installed but not listed
192. er of Concurrent Host LUN Connection 64 Humber of Tags Reserved for each Host LUM connection 4 ipheral Device Type Parameters Peripheral Dew3 Device Supparts LUN Applicabili Direct access Device Types OK seEguential access Device Type 0x1 Processor Device Type 0x3 CD ROM Device Typem0x5 Scanner Device Typez xb MO Device Type Ox7 storage Array Controller Device TypesOxc Enclosure Services Device Type oxD Unknown Device TvpesQXIF Disk Array Parameters Controller Parameters 8 1 7 In band Management Access External devices including a storage subsystem from the view of an application server or management PC require communication links with a management computer for device monitoring and administration In addition to the regular RS 232C or Ethernet connection in band SCSI can serve as an alternative means of management communications In band SCSI translates the original configuration commands into standard SCSI commands These SCSI commands are then sent to and received by the controller over the existing host links 8 1 8 Peripheral Device Type Parameters for Various Operating Systems IMPORTANT There is no need to configure the Peripheral Device setting if you are trying to manage a storage system from a StorageWatch SANWatch station through an Ethernet connection to the Falcon system s 10 100BaseT management port An Ethernet connection to RAID uses TCP IP
193. er will temporarily take over for the failed controller The failover and failback processes are completely transparent to the host sometimes with the help of intelligent FC switch firmware and require only minimum efforts to restore the original configuration Controller Failover and Failback In an unlikely event of controller failure the surviving controller will acknowledge the situation and disconnect from the failed controller The surviving controller will then act as both controllers and serve all the I O requests from host System failover is transparent to host System vendors should be contacted for an immediate replacement of the failed unit Auto Failback Once the failed controller is removed and a replacement controller is installed the existing controller will acknowledge the situation The existing controller should automatically attempt to combine with the replacement controller When the initialization process of the replacement controller is completed the replacement controller should always inherit the status of the Secondary controller iD IMPORTANT For a subsystem powered by the ASIC266 or later chipset reset the Redundant Controller 14 29 subsystem if the replaced controller resides in slot A If the replacement controller in slot A is successfully combined a system reset should restore its status as the Primary controller Primary Controller secondary Controller V Controller X Fail
194. erneath a list of host channel IDs cache Status Ci Thu Aug 3 05 12 30 2006 xz Main Menu gt Quick Installation View and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes ID 0 ID ID Q ID Edit 1 CSI Initiator List Enter Sel ect IH EXIT CtritlL ReTresn Sereen Arrow Keys Move Cursor 2 Select Yes to confirm A sub menu will then display as follows Host Alias Name Host ION User Name User Password Target Name Target Password IP Address Ne thask 58 255 0 3 Enter a desired value or nickname for each of the configuration entries 7 9 Table 7 1 iSCSI Initiator CHAP Configuration Entries Host Alias Enter a host alias name to specify a CHAP Name association with a specific software hardware initiator This Alias name facilitates ease of recognition because an iSCSI IQN name consists of too many characters and is difficult to remember In here you can manually enter an initiator s IQN iSCSI Qualified Name Or Select from the list of connected initiators from a menu prompt Add from current discovery list Host lias Mame Not Set Host ION u Add from current discovery list set I IP Address NOt Set NetMask 255 255 255 0 The initiators found over the iSCSI network will be listed Host IQM ign 1991 05 c0om microsaft player itdls r t jovi server The user name here applies to the one way CHAP authentication Identical n
195. ers Disk Array Parameters Controller Parameters Main Menu gt Hos st LU N con nec T3 an rrow EN Keys Move Cursor Enter Sselect 8 1 2 From the Main Menu select View and Edit Configuration Parameters Host side Parameters then press ENTER Choose Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connection then press ENTER A list of available selections will appear Move cursor bar to an item then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm your setting The default is 4 Number of Tags Reserved for Each Host LUN Connection Each nexus has 32 the default setting tags reserved When the host computer sends 8 I O tags to the controller and the controller is too busy to process them all the host might start to send less than 8 tags during every certain period of time since then This setting ensures that the controller will accept at least 32 tags per nexus The controller will be able to accept more than that as long as the controller internal resources allow if the controller does not have enough resources at least 32 tags can be accepted per nexus RAID Inc Maximum Queued I O Count 1024 LUNS per Host SCSI ID 8 Max Number of Concurrent HOSt LUN Connection 64 0C00 Number of Tags Reserved Tor each Host LUM Connection 4 yal Device Type Parameters Variable Head Variable Sector Variable thentication with CHAP Disable ames Disable
196. ers commencing an automatic shutdown The shutdown does not electrically disconnect the subsystem When shutdown is commenced the subsystem stops responding to I O requests and flushes all cached writes in its memory During that time system administrators should have been notified of the condition and have begun restoring proper cooling of the subsystem Extended operation under critical conditions like elevated temperature greatly reduces system efficiency and will eventually cause component failure Main Menu Quick inst view and s 5n y1ew and e Enable view and e Shutdown Period i view and e Shutdown Period view an Shutdown Period i Operations view an shutdown Period d Shutdown Period 1 shutdawn Period v Wiew Shutdown Period J v Ee t Temperature exceec R RAID Inc 9 8 Enclosure Management Select View and Edit Peripheral Devices on the Main Menu and press ENTER Choose Set Peripheral Device Entry and Event Trigger Option by pressing ENTER The auto shutdown options display Move your cursor bar to Temperature exceeds threshold Press ENTER and select a configurable time span between the detection of exceeded temperature and the controller s commencing an automatic shutdown 9 9 9 2 3 Voltage and Temperature Self monitoring Follow the steps below to check voltage and temperature readings Step 1 Enter the Mai
197. escriptions below may contain abbreviations Abbreviations and Capitalized letters are preserved for the coherency with the event messages shown on the terminal session iD IMPORTANT Firmware revision 3 63 added event strings for I2C slave devices The I2C device error is indicated by a bracketed message such as XXX Status Failure Detected by the end of a peripheral device event The cause of an error can be an I2C bus arbitration error bus timeout or a slave device content error Event Messages C 1 C 1 Event Index Logical Drive Events C 1 1 Critical LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Drive Missing LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 0 ID 132 Drive Failure LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Rebuild Aborted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Rebuild Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Parity Regeneration A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Parity Regeneration Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation Aborted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Initialization Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Expansion A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Expansion Failed LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan Failed LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table FULL LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table BAD LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive On
198. eset Ctlr the process q Step6 A prompt will remind youto reset the subsystem forthe configuration change totake effect You may press ENT to reset the subsystem immediately or you may pres ESC to continue adding other host IDs and reset the subsystem later Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 13 ims Terminal I cache Status Cl an NOTICE anga unti Arrow Keys Move Cursor Enter sele Esc Exit Ctrl LiRefresh screen Pi Step 1 Press ENTER on one of the existing IDs Select Add Channel ID Specify the host ID either as the Slot A or Slot B ID Press ENTER to proceed Available IDs will appear in a pull down list Select by pressing ENTER and then select Yes to confirm A confirmation box will prompt to remind you to reset the controller for the configuration to take effec t You may select Yes for an immediate reset or No to reset later made to this setting will NOT take effect the controller is RESET Prior to resetting the controller operation may not proceed normally Do vou want to reset the controller now F t Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds view and Edit to enter the Main Menu Channels I Press the up or down arrow keys to select View CHL Host ID 0 and Edit Channels then PAR AUO press ENT RAID Inc Q Step 2 t Step 3 Q Step 4 t Step 5 Q Step 6 9j Step 7 Optimization amp Preparation Tasks The first host channel s
199. etected will appear on the LCD Users will also be notified by audible alarm and messages sent over event notification methods such as Email LAN broadcast etc Terminal 1 When one controller fails the other controller will take over in a few seconds 2 There will be an alert message that reads Redundant Controller Failure Detected Controller ALERT Redundant Controller Failure Detected 3 Users will be notified by audible alarm and the messages through event notification methods such as Email LAN broadcast etc Redundant Controller 14 15 4 After a controller takes over it will act as both controllers If the Primary Controller fails the Secondary Controller manages the logical drives Originally managed by the Primary Controller When and how is the failed controller replaced Remove the failed controller AFTER the working controller has taken over For the ventilation concern in RAID enclosures it is better to leave a failed controller in place before a replacement arrives cu V7 NOTE f If you need to replace a failed controller DO IT WHEN THE SYSTEM IS POWERED ON AND IS MANAGED BY THE SURVIVING CONTROLLER Problems may occur if you replace a failed controller when system is powered down If you power up both the surviving controller and the replacement together they may contend for the role of the Primary dominating controller If you encounter this problem you may follow the procedure below
200. etected even if a host does not attempt to access data on that specific drive f f the Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap timeout is set to Disabled the default setting is Disabled the controller will not be able to detect any drive removal that occurs after the controller initialization process The controller will only be able 10 2 RAID Inc to detect drive removal when host access is directed to the drive side 10 1 3 Auto Assign Global Spare Drive Kain Hen Duick installation wie r view Drive Hotor Epin Up Disabled view Disk Access Delay Time 2 secorels view Driue 1 0 Tinemub secsi Detaulti view Aaxinun lag Count 14 EXIEE Periodic Prive Check Time D secord wL Feriodic Auto Betect Failure Drive Swap Check Tine 15 seconds 5 E Driue Predictable Failure Hodei SHARAT Disabled ij I bi iy ul H The Auto Assign function automatically assigns any new drives that are not included in logical configurations as Global Spares Scenario opare drives accelerate rebuild of a logical drive In the example described below multiple faults can occur at the same time making the array exposed to the risk of data loss The Auto Assign Global Spare feature is designed to reduce the chance of down time by operator s negligence Shown on the left is a RAID Enclosure RAID enclosure with its drives configured into two arrays and a
201. eters Related to Redundant Controllers 14 19 14 5 1 RCC Redundant Controller Communications Channel Status 14 19 14 5 2 Adaptive Write PoliCy ccce 14 19 14 5 3 Cache Synchronization on Write Through ssssse 14 21 14 6 Operation Th60Ey eie n hide aaae aaa aia 14 22 CONMOUTAN ON FILO E 14 22 14 6 9 HOST EUN Mapping siii en erst Ru xot e rw eeu un 14 25 Desin Conce oii 5 cuties hes i qot A tute meet a IE 14 25 Mapping for Fault tolerant LinkS cccccccccccsececccececcceceeeesseseeseeesesssaeaaaes 14 26 14 54 Ful TOIeraioB ioa a fos eke upe iude aesti Ee 14 29 Why Using a Redundant Controller Configuration ssss 14 29 Controller Failover and Fallback csse 14 29 Controller Tot UG a euam situa tutatus tu qu c E MD EM eM Ec 14 31 DV MN VO MIS Seas cacao syed aai Saat eda uie Seneca pueda Qe I UN NU Eee Dum REM od Dsum Eoque Lad 14 31 Appendix A Firmware Functionality Specifications A 1 Basic RAID Management oie unco inire eere e cre oaa Ie Eee eie rco eei nnmnnn A 1 A 2 Advanced Fealll BS uec iir de ere RX Erie lux s exa vs Qeva Ca Urs doves E RS A 3 A3 Caching ODGTratlOisuu epum abo ae Cas tue a Suum AA A 5 AA RAID EXDanMnSlOMm e mee A 7 A5 SMAR T SUD DOM ioco ccc causado cup euvboc 50022 0 00a ac vos R ux a Era vex Olea aal ai A 7 A 6 R
202. eys together for two seconds to switch between the display of the Primary or Secondary controller status 4 The controller partners synchronize each others configurations at frequent intervals through the communications channel s And the synchronization act consumes part of the system resource 14 2 Requirements Requirements for Redundant Controller Configurations Communications Channels f Controller Communications Cache Synchronization Paths Controller RCC Subsystem Pre configured RCC routes over the system backplane may be SCSI Fibre or SATA data paths These data paths cannot be re assigned 1U controller ASIC266 Dedicated RCC or Drive RCC head ASIC400 pre configured RCC routes no need to assign j f controllers are running with write back caching a battery module on each controller is highly recommended Redundant Controller 14 3 14 4 Out of Band Configuration Access f RS 232C serial port cable for terminal interface operation connection Normally a Y cable will be included with dual controller subsystems The Y cable ensures a valid link in the event of single controller failure f Ethernet connection If management through Ethernet is preferred connect the Ethernet interface from both controllers to your local network In the event of controller failure the IP address assigned to the Primary Controller will be inherited by the surviving controller In this way the Ethernet port
203. f Ready Write Test Type Two test types are available Ready Only and Read Write Actions to be Taken on Detection of Errors Continue Test Abort on Detection of Any Errors including hardware media errors etc Abort on Detection of Hard Errors only including hardware errors defined by SATA 8 bit encoding Recovery Process No Recovery Mark Block Bad Mark the affected blocks as bad Reassignment try to reassign data residing on the affected sectors to other drive sectors First Try Reassignment Operate by attempting toreassign and mark bad if the reassignment attempt fails f Execute Drive Testing Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 3 es abode ZN Cache Status clean ioe eh oo oduct TD aad Wr lta Test Type Ra Only Test action on Detection of Error Continue Test Recovery Process No Recovery to Be Attempted View drive information tor 7Y250H 0 add Local spare drive add Gla bal 3pare drive al gdrive tor 7w2b 0D Readfarite Test tor YZI50MO Unformatted Py Sia l5 2429112 150MB KONE HNE ORY Maxtor C Y25 BC P rrow Keys Move Cursor Enterise lect Est EXT Ctrli Lihetresn Screen When finished with the configuration select Execute Drive Testing and press ENTER to proceed The Read Write test progress will be indicated by a status bar 18 Completed_ You may press ESC and select Read Wr
204. fails or is under charge the unfinished writes cannot be supported if power outage occurs 3 UPS AC power loss Even with the buffer provided by the UPS if power outage occurs cached data should be immediately distributed to hard drives before the battery charge in UPS runs out 4 Power supply failure 5 Fan failure 6 Temperature exceeds threshold lf one or more of the event triggers listed above are enabled the occurrence of the above conditions forces the controller subsystem to adopt the write through caching mode Once the faulty condition is corrected the controller subsystem automatically restores the previous caching mode Force Controller write Threugh on Triager Cause Enclosure Management 9 7 9 2 2 The temperature thresholds refer to those set for both sensors on the RAID controller boards and those placed within the subsystem enclosure n terms of the controller temperature board 1 refers to the main circuit board and board 2 refers to the second level I O board or the daughter card If any of the threshold values set for any sensor is exceeded the reaction mode is automatically triggered If a battery is not installed in your RAID subsystem the BBU Low or Failed option should be disabled Auto Shutdown on Elevated Temperature System components can be damaged if operated under elevated temperature You can configure the time periods between the detection of exceeded thresholds and the controll
205. for the channel processor on the Slot A controller BID IDs managed by the Slot B controller i Multiple IDs were applied Host Channel mode only ID Host Channel number Specific IDs managed by the Slot B controller for host LUN mapping Drive Channel Specific ID reserved for the channel processor on the Slot B controller used in redundant controller mode NA No channel ID applied Terminal Screen Messages 3 11 3 12 AUTO DefSynClk DefWid Term CurSynClk CurWid Channel bus data rate set to auto speed negotiation Default bus synchronous clock 22 M The default setting of the channel is MHz in Synchronous mode Async The default setting of the channel is Asynchronous mode Default bus width Serial Serial transfer protocol for Fibre Channel or SAS Channel Signal F Fibre A SAS Terminator Status not applied here in Fibre to SAS SATA solutions On Terminator is enabled Off Terminator is disabled Diff The channel is a Differential channel The terminator can only be installed removed physically Empty Non SCSI bus Current bus synchronous clock GHz The default setting of the channel bus is GHz Async The default setting of the channel bus is Asynchronous mode empty The default bus synchronous clock has changed Reset the controller for the changes to take effect Current Bus Width Serial Serial transfer protocol Fibre Channel SAS Channel SATA Channel RAID Inc
206. from the parity data and the other members of a logical drive A 3 Caching Operation Write back cache Supported Write through cache Supported Firmware Functionality Specifications A 5 A 6 Supported memory DDR memory for enhanced performance type Fast Page Memory with Parity for enhanced data security Read ahead Intelligent and dynamic read ahead operation for operation processing sequential data requests Multi threaded Yes internal parameters adjusted in accordance with the number of outstanding I Os operation Scatter Gather Supported I O sorting Supported Optimized I O sorting for enhanced performance Adaptive Write For a better performance when handling large back Write through sequential writes firmware temporarily disables switching write back cache and the synchronized cache operation between partner controllers if operating with dual active RAID controllers Firmware automatically restores the write back mode when encountering random and small writes later Periodic Cache Firmware can be configured to flush the cached Flush contents in memory at every preset interval 1 If data integrity is of the concern e g the lack of a battery backup protection 2 Cache flush on preset intervals to avoid the latency when cache memory is full due to write delays Default stripe size RADI 3 1298 RAIDS 316 RAID6 Cache buffer
207. g Firmware B 5 B 3 3 file If you are not using Hyper Terminal choose Upload or Send depending on the software 7 After the Boot Record has been downloaded send the Firmware Binary to the controller In HyperTerminal go to the Transfer menu and choose Send file If you are not using Hyper Terminal choose Upload or S end depending on the software 8 When the Firmware completes downloading the controller will automatically reset itself For a newer version of firmware you need to manually reset the subs ystem controller for the new firmware to take eff ect i ee ee M nnm c ache Seales Glean Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit Host luns View and edit scsi Drives view and edit Scsi channels uiew and edit Configuration parameters view and edit ee devices Mute heeper chan Download Firmware 7 Yes Mo Download Firmware Advanced Maintanence Functions amp ihove Cursor tEnter Se lect Esc Exit iGCtrl LikHefresh Screen i From the Main Menu scroll down to System Fun ctions 2 Go to Controller Maintenance 3 Choose Download Firmware 4 Set ZMODEM as the file transfer protocol of your terminal 5 emulation software Send the Firmware Binary to the controller In Hyper Terminal select Send file If you are not using Hyper Terminal choose Upload or Send depending on the software B 6 ain Menu Quick
208. g Off Line Expansion What Start expanding the logical drive s added or free capacity H appened previously not included when system find appropriate time after selecting to expand its capacity The Off Line mode does not allow the added capacity of a logical drive to be immediately available for host Os This partition can only be associated with a separate ID LUN on the host bus after the expansion process is completed Access to the data already stored on the logical drive is not affected Whatto Do Press ESC to dear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Off Line Expansion of Logical Drive Completed What Logical drive off line expansion completed The added capacity H appened will appear as a new partition and this partition may require being associated with a separate ID LUN on the host bus What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE ContinueAdd Drive Operation What The target logical drive has been restored to its previous status H appened e g power off or media errors and the add drive operation can Event Messages C 15 continue What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue M igrate Operation What The target logical drive has been restored to its previous status H appened eg power off or media errors and the migration operation can continue What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical D
209. ge 12V Lower Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits _ V What Happened 12V voltage dropped back within preset thresholds What to Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essage Memory is Now Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config What Happened Memory of a sufficient capacity is installed and the subsystem should work properly What to Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essage Controller NOTICE NVRAM Factory Defaults Restored What Happened Thefactory defaults for configuration profile is restored What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage Controller BBU is Charging What Happened Once a new BBU is installed or BBU charge drops below a preconfigured level the subsystem will start charging its batteries What to Do Press ESC to clear the message All batteries have a limited life expectancy If this message appears too frequently the BBU may have gradually lost its ability to hold charge M essage NOTICE Controller BBU Present What Happened A BBU once missing or removed is now electrically connected to the subsystem Whatto Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to dear the message M essage NOTICE Controller BBU Back On Line WhatHappened A BBU once missing or removed is now restored to its normal working condition Whatto Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to dear the message M essage NOTICE Cont
210. ge any differences so that controller failb ack is totally transparent Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 39 4 40 WWE Lcp Keypad Q Step 1 Choose View and Edit Ct1r Unique Hex ID Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENT q Step2 Press the up or down arrow keys to select Ctlr Unique ID then press ENT t Step 3 Enter any hex number between 0 and FFFFF and press ENT to proc eed E LY c NOTE Usually every RAID subsystem controller comes with a default ID In rare occasions should this identifier be changed Terminal BHT EE lx m T i Hain Aena gt Quick installation iew and edit Logical drives iew and edit Logical Volumes iew and edit Bost Dons lew and edit Ori pes jew and edit channels m E Ga LOD Title Displag famntraller Lega Ci Password Validation Timeout Aluays Check Lontrolier Unique IdenLifier Hex 143 E HZ Controller Hane Hot Set Enter any hex number between 0 and FFFFF for the unique identifier The value you enter MUST be different for each controller Every Falcon subsystem comes with a default ID This ID should be sufficient for avoiding WWNN and WWPN conflicts RAID Inc 49 System Defaults Table 4 2 System Firmware Defaults Configurable Options Default Event Triggered Operations Controller failure Disabled BBU low or failed Enabled UPS AC powe
211. ges C 37 recommend users to configure appropriate purge policy the capacity threshold and the event notification setting M essage Snapshot WARNING SI ID 1D3EO9F11D48E27A Creation Failed WhatHappened Creation of a Snapshot Image failed It could result from insufficient disk space the total number of snapshot images exceeds the configured limit system internal errors or hardware fatal failures What to D o Check usable space in snapshot containers and purgethe unused snapshot images to free more space Or check the upper threshold for the max number of snapshot images for a specific snapshot set M essage Snapshot WARNING SC ID 3BB6514353CF3B85 Expand Failed What Happened A Snapshot Container expansion failed It could result from System errors What to D o Find another valid LD partition to expand the snapshot container again If it still fails please check the integrity of snapshot container and the related logical drive status M essage Snapshot WARNING SC ID 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Space Thresh Exceeded 60 What Happened Disk space in a Snapshot Container has been used up exceeding the capacity threshold previously configured by a user What to Do Check capacity threshold and configure an appropriate threshold value Once the upper threshold is exceeded the rdated purge action will be triggered and the old snapshot images will be purged to free more Snapshot Container space C 5 3 Notification M ess
212. gical Drive Status screen BO indicates that the logical drive is Logical Drive 0 assigned to the Slot B controller NOTE You cannot reassign a logical drive until it is disassociated with host ID LUNs remove the previous LUN mapping 14 12 RAID Inc 14 3 4 Mapping a Logical Drive Logical Volume to Host LUNs TIPS 1 Before proceeding with the mapping process draw an abstract diagram of your configurations to help clarify the relationships among physical and logical components 2 Before the mapping process check if you have properly configured logical drives logical drive assignment and host IDs Changing host LUN mapping and re configuring a RAID array may also require corresponding efforts on the management software running on host Lir LCD Keypad Step 1 Choose View and Edit Host v pe Luns from Main Menu and press ep Le ox ENT to proceed Md T Step 2 Use the arrow keys to navigate through the list of existing IDs and map slot B press ENT to select one of them CH 0 ID 000 Step 3 Use the arrow keys to select mapping to a Logical Drive or Logical Volume to host LUNs If the logical unit has been partitioned map each partition to different IDs LUNs Map to Logical Drive Step 4 Use the arrow keys to choose a LUN number and press ENT to CHO 1D0 LUNO confirm No Mapped Step 5 Press ENT again to confirm Step 6 Use the arrow keys to select a Map sce d logical
213. gical drive DRVINITING Logical drive is being initialized INCOMPLETE One of the causes of the Incomplete state can be one or more member drives are missing or failed in the logical drive Terminal Screen Messages 3 5 3 6 INVALID The logical drive was created but has not been fully initialized when another version of firm wareis being loaded After the subsystem resets the array status should return to normal Fatal failure or incomplete array means that the LD has lost the protection by RAID configuration If system cannot find some member disks for a specific LD at boot time the LD will be considered as incomplete If some member disks of a specific LD fail during operation the LD will be considered as fatally failed FATAL FAIL Two or more member drives failed at the same time the array is inaccessible DRV MISS A member drive is missing could result from insecure installation REBUILDING The logical drive is being rebuilt OFF LINE Status 2 I A E H Status 3 R P Column O N A 4 5 A Column C B T LN A logical drive has fatally tailed or manual ly shut down This state can result from other faults such as CRC error checksum Logical Drive Status Column 2 Initializing drives Adding drive s Expanding logical drive Add drive operation on hold Logical Drive Status Column 3 Rebuilding the logical drive Regenerating array parity Logical Drive Status Stripe size Default 16K
214. gurable options Use the arrow keys to select Drive Delayed Write Press ENT on it to change the setting Terminal The configuration option can be found under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters gt Drive Delayed Write Auli Jur 29 Osta OO 2000 Cache STATUS ear quic Cisk access Delay Tim 25 seconds view Drive Ifo Timeout 7 seconds Default View Maximum Taj Count 4 w ew Periodic Drive check Time 1 second wiew Periodic SAF TE and SES Device Check Time 30 seconds Wiew Periodic Auto Deterct Failure Drive Swap heck Time seconds Dmm Drivg Predictable Pat lure Hodei SHART Disabled AUTO 455719n Global Spare Drive Disabled Brive De layad Write Bisabled D1sK Array Parameters Redundant controller Parameters Eantroaller Parameters Arrow Keys Howe Cursor Enter Select Esc Ex1t CtrltLihetresn Screen RAID Inc 4 7 System Functions Choose System Functions in the Main Menu then press ENT Press the up or down arrow Keys to select a submenu then press ENT 4 7 1 Mute Beeper L LCD Keypad When the controller s beeper has been activated choose Mute Beeper then press ENT to turn the beeper offtemporarily for the current event The beeper will still activate on the next even t Terminal Bain Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives wiew and edit logical Volumes view and
215. harge The Jul i4 15 18 58 2005 HB 972 ell Ble ETIA Transfer Rate Indicator Gauge Range Ongoing Processing 1H PIT Af n 5f Cursor Barl Terminal Screen Messages 3 1 Cursor Bar Subsystem Name Transfer Rate Indicator Gauge Range 0 10 Cache Status Write Policy Date amp Time PC Graphic ANSI Mode Terminal VT 100 Mode PC Graphic ANSI Color Mode Show Transfer Rate Show Cache Status Ongoing Processing Highlights the current selection Move the cursor bar to a desired item then press ENTER to select Identifies the type of controller subsystem or a preset name Indicates the current data transfer rate Move your cursor bar to Show Transfer RatetShow Cache Status Press ENTER on it to activate the control options and then use the Shift and or key combination sto change the gauge range in order to view the transfer rate indicator The I O transfer rate will be indicated in percentage against GOME S 20 30 0 50 a0 Jo 8680 og Loo PC Graphic ANSI Mode rezrminal wvrl O Mode araphic AMSIsColor Mode Indicates current cache status Indicates current write caching policy Current system date and time generated by controller real time clock Enters the Main Menu and operates in ANSI mode Enters the Main Menu and operates in VT 100 mode Enters the Main Menu and operates in ANSI color mode Press ENTER on this item to s
216. he between partner controllers the system can be configured to flush the cached writes at preset intervals CU cb Keypad Q Step 1 From the Main Menu select View and Edit Config Parms Caching Parameters Caching Parameters and press ENT Period CachFlush Ti Di L Q Step 2 Use the arrow keys to aid iia scroll through the options and select Periodic CachFlush Time and then press ENT to proceed Set Cache Flush Time Disable Q Step 3 The Set Cache Flush Time Disable appears The default is Disable Use your arrow keys to select an option from ConSync 30sec to 600 sec ConSync stands for continuously synchronized t Step 4 Press ENT to select and press ESC to exit and the setting will take effect immediat ely Mon May 10 13 59 44 2004 Cache Status BAT 4 4 z Hain Menu Quick installation view amd edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns ew and edit Driwes view and edit channels yia and edit G Iguration parameters Conmuni cation Parameters U stenb Parameters m urite Back Cache Enabled timization for Sequential Iso Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 7 Note that the Continuous Sync option holds data in cache for a s long as necessary to complete a write operation and immediately commits a write request to hard drives if it is not followed by a series of sequential w
217. host I Os are distributed to it or when the firmware scans the drive busses duri ngsystem initialization By then controller will return timeout and transaction delays may be experienced Terminal 2 Man Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives Wien and adit logical wa lumez view and edit Host luris view and edit Drives wlew and edit chann Fl ET 1 s an comm nicarti n Parameters Caching Parameters Host side Parameters LLrTve side Parameters DISK Array Parameter 5 Redundant Controller Parameters Contreller Parameters Arroa Keys Move Cursor Enter iSelect Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap Check Time When enabled the Auto Rebuild check time scans the drive bus channel on which a failed drive resides If the drive swap c heck detects a replacement drive the system firmware will automatic ally proceed with the array rebuild process Without the Auto Rebuild check time the rebuild process can be manually initiated through a rebuild command under the Vie w and Edit Logical Drive sub menu This check time mechanism is specifically applicable in a configuration where no hot spare is available Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 19 4 20 LCD Keypad M eo Q Step 1 Select View and View and Edit Edit Config Parms from Channels i the terminal Main Menu Enter its sub menus by pressing ENT Drive side t Step2 Use arrow ke
218. hould appear Press ENT to select a host channel Press ENT on Set Channel ID A list of host channel and host ID combinations willappear Use the up or down arrow keys to select the ID you wish to remove Press ENT to select a channel ID combination You will then be prompted by the Add Channel ID option Press the down arrow key to proceed The Delete Channel ID option will appear Press ENT to display the confirmation box Press ENT for two seconds to remove the ID A prompt will remind youto reset the subsystem forthe configuration change totake effect You may press ENT to reset the subsystem immediately or you may pres ESC to continue adding other host IDs and reset the subsystem later Set Channel Delete Channel Delete ID 1 Change Setting Do Reset Ctlr Add Channel ID 4 1 O1 4 16 4 3 Terminal view chip inFormation view channel hosr id Wmn View device port name list Data rate dd hannel SCSI I curser Step 1 Select the host bus ID you wish to delete from the View and Edit IDs menu Step 2 Press ENTER to display the Delete Channel ID option The dialog box Delete ID will appear t Step 3 Select Yes then press ENTER to confirm j J IMPORTANT Every time you change a channel ID you must reset the subsystem controller for the changes to take effect ch
219. how the cache status and transfer rate ef logical drive is being expande d i logical drive is being initialize d R logical drive is being rebuilt P logical drive Parity Regeneration completion ratio S logical drive Media Scan completion ratio For more details please refer to the Logical Drive Status section in the TA TE E RAID Inc 3 2 Main Menu EEEE o ECLDEHEUIHEZUEEIET P240 BAT c Main Menu gt T Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices system Functions View system Information View and edit Event logs Enter 2 56 leet Screen Use the arrow keys to move the cursor bar through the menu items then press ENTER to choose a menu or ESC to return to the previous menu screen In a subsystem or controller head where battery status can be detected battery st atus will be displayed at the top center Status will be stated as Good Bad several plus signs VI 100 mode or color blocks ANSI mode will be used to indicate battery charge A battery fully charged status will be indicate d by five plus signs or color blocks When initializing or scanning an array the controller displays progress percentage on the upper left corner of the configuration screen An i indicates array in
220. iF x ki cmt BESI laiatu Sous IP Dets Detail CAC Checksun paladged Beda digest CHAP logon rlosmasan COG sos ever dg csc be pio dng sd enicsmxibely er Algun ond anita mee i este shes cwreemmm cee zerdulkFe tsrelwuel CAEP See Mra vies oy a enr Iona feculi e nd shor Us Peres ig 188145 com mrinzot d aakl 395 34 duel seris petn cu tbe visa Tm usse matus D EP sss eninge sec on tieni mor Sem peur ane con Jane Aa ort me 3 7 3 Grouping Host Ports In the View and Edit Channels sub menu you have the choice with grouping host ports into logical channel s Grouping host ports provides multiple connections per TCP session Binding 2 or more host ports into a logical one can improve the throughput over a TCP session GbE GbE GbE GbE wenn Figure 7 2 Grouping Host Ports You can group channels by selecting a group number 0 or 2 from the Add to Group option on a host channel entry Selecting the same group number on multiple channels binds them into a logical group iSCSI Options 7 13 Cache Status Clean UT Pent Tae orf aro oro etsy oer af Tera Cur srren Cort O f me af af oaf C one sem af ress af S ref isesi eps NTC CNN 77 TN RN NN SET Pp Auto ious mcd iGHs iSCSI ennet oe onf ofal sre m ied 5 ep ow a NNNM Loon T T 3 one ens 3 0 one ema Arrow Erys tiore Cursor Enter
221. ialization runs in the background you can continue configuring your RAID subsystem e g with host LUN mappin g When a fault tolerant RAID level RAID 1 3 5 or 6 is selected the subsystem will start initializing parity t Step 12 Use the ESC key to view the status of the created logical drive RAID Inc Fri Oct ZB 10 11 z6 2665 WAL em elete logical drive F artition logical drive E Fi logical drive Mame F logical drive assignments Expand logical drive nigrate logical drive ad dries reGenerate parity cOpy and replace drive Media scan write policy Arron Kegs Houe Enter Select wi Exi Ctrl Refresh Screen IMPORTANT Only logical drives created with RAID levels 1 3 5 or 6 will take t he time to initialize the logical drive Logical drives with RAID level 0 and NRAID do not perform logical drive initialization With RAIDO or NRAID the drive initialization process finishes almost immediately Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 15 6 4 6 4 1 RAID Migration Currently the RAID migration function supports the migration between RAID5 and RAID6 Before proceeding with RAID migration make sure you have sufficient free capacity or unused disk drives in your RAID array RAID6 arrays require at least four 4 member drives and useadditional capacity for the distribution of secondary parity
222. ical Drive Naming can help identify different arrays in a multi array configuration view drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive TE CEE e REN E al Current Logical Drive Name F PEY Lagical Drive Mame Moo C fa s TTT tT pT i i ee ne eee di d 17 ee nn ee p TIPS This function is especially helpful in situations such as the following write policy One or more logical drives have been deleted the array indexing is changed after system reboot e g LDO deleted and the succeeding LD1 becomes LDO The designating numbers of logical drives following a deleted configuration will all be affected Q Step 1 Choose the logical drive for which you wish to assign a name then press ENTER N Q Step 2 Choose logical drive name then press ENTER again The current name will be displayed You may now enter a new name in this field at E t Step 3 Enter a name then press ENTER to save the configuration The maximum number of characters for a logical drive name is 32 Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 33 6 8 4 Expand Logical Drive WARNING If the logical drive to be expanded has already been partitioned to the maximum number allowed e g 64 partitions then the expansion capacity will be added to the la st partition The partition change will then invalidate the data previously stored in the array 1
223. ify after Write when initializing a logical drive Verification on LD Rebuild Writes Performs Verify after Write during the rebuild process Verification on LD Normal Drive Writes Performs Verify after Write during normal I Os Each method can be enabled or disabled individually Hard drives will perform Verify after Write according to the selected method Main Menu gt Quick installatio view and edit Logical drives yi ew and edit logical volumes view and edit Hort luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels Len pakrameteps ESL SEES u 5 re rris uu gi ur LST UL CREE LO dre LTE LARS b EL my hm i 1 Fication on LO Rebuild Writes Disabled Verification on Normal Drive Writes Disabled Step 1 Move the cursor bar to the desired item then press ENTER lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels Configuration parameters Communication Parameters Caching Parameters Host qq ow oq Verification on LD Initialization Writes Disabled Step 2 Choose Yes in the confirm box to enable or disable the function Follow the same procedure to enable or disable each method 10 14 RAID Inc 10 5 3 LL SOEH Data Integrity V IMPORTANT The verification on Normal Drive Writes method will affect the write performance of your RAID system Maximu
224. inder Head Sector ITE 65638 RAID Inc Configuring Sector Ranges Head Ranges Cylinder Ranges Main Menu gt Maximum Queued I O Count 1024 LUN amp per HOST SCSI ID 8 Max Mumber of Concurrent Host LUM Connection 64 Number af Tags Reserved for each Host LUM Connection 4 ipe Parameters Head Var3iab e f Sector variat D T ArtantieaETen with CHAP Disable jumbo Frames Disable Hast s51de Parameters Disk Array Parameters Controller Parameters The sector head and cylinder variables are presented as preset combinations Please refer to the documentation that came with your operating system and select one value set that is most appropriate for your OS file system Currently only older Solaris file systems have such a problem lt MAIN MENU SOOO I Maximum Gueued I O count 1024 LUMS per Hast SCSI ID amp Max Number af Concurrent Host LUN Connection 64 Number of Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection 4 Peripheral Device ne Parameters Sector Variable Cylinder Range Variable Head Range 255 Sector 255 Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 8 9 8 2 Drive side Parameters Bold os 10 oe Cache Status Clean _ i Main Menu gt Quick installation 2 Disk access Belay Time 25 Drive I O Timecut seconds Maximum Tag Count 4 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap 15 seconds Drive Predictable Failure Mode S
225. ing The cross controller mapping allows you to associate a logical drive with BOTH controller A and controller B IDs However mapping to both controllers IDs is only beneficial wh enit is difficult making the fault tolerant host links between RAID controllers and host HBAs e g using SAS to SAS RAID systems Currently there is no external SAS switch available on the market For Fibre host systems fault tolerant links can easily be ma de with the help of external bypass such as Fibre Channel switches 6 24 RAID Inc For details of fault tolerant link connections please refer to your system Hardware Manual Q Step2 A list of host channel ID combinations appears onthe screen The diagram above shows two hostchannels and each is designated with at least a default ID More can be manually added on each channel Multiple IDs on host channels are necessary for creating access to RAID arrays through fault tolerant data links Details on creating multiple IDs a nd changing channel modes have been shown inthe previous chapter Select a host ID by pressing ENTER The idea of host LUN mapping is diagrammed below fey gt cu c Host Channels Application Server s Drives Figure 6 9 Host LUN Mapping Q Step3 Select the channel ID combination you wish to map then press ENTER to proceed An index of LUN numbers will display Select an LUN number under the ID Press ENTER on an LUN nu mber to proceed and press ENTER
226. installation 6 When the Firmware completes downloading the controller will automatically reset itself If the subsystem controller is running firmware later than version 3 21 you need ENLT CAR installation ard edit Logicsl drives and edit Imgicel Yelumes amd edit Host lurs digd brtes received in FH Binary Preanamminsg Flos aunload Successful esetting LConkroller Please Hait System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 7 This page is intentionally left bla RAID Inc Appendix C Event Messages The controller events can be categorized as follows according to the severity levels Critical Errors that need to attend to immediately Warning Errors Notification Command processed message sent from F irmware The RAID subsystem records all system events from power on temporarily record them in cache with up to 1 000 entries To power off or to reset the controller will cause an automatic deletion of all the recor ded event logs Firmware rev 3 61 enables an event log to be saved in logical drives 256MB reserved space and hence users can also see the events before sys tem reset The StorageWatch manager can be used to record events on m ultiple subsystems especially when controller reset or power off is an expected action The events can also be seen from StorageWatch s Configuration Client utility Associated details can be found in the StorageWatch user s m anual and online help D
227. ion change without entering the correct password LJ LCD Keypad t Step 1 Choose View and Edit PasswdValidation Configuration Parameters Timeout 5 mins RAID Inc Controller Parameters then press ENT Q Step 2 Select Password Validation Timeout and press ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to choose to enable a validation timeout from oneto five minutes or to Always Check Terminal Main Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns es Disable nels 1 minute 2 minutes Choose View and Edit Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENTER Select Password Validation Timeout and press ENTER Choose to enable a validation timeout from 1 minute to Always Check 4 8 4 Controller Unique Identifier What is the Controller Unique Identifier 1 A specific identifier helps RAID controllers to identify their counterpart in a dual active configuration 2 The unique ID is also generated into a MAC address for the controller s Ethernet ports The MAC address will be taken over by a surviving controller in the event of single RAID controller failure 3 When a controller fails and a replacement is combined as the secondary controller the FC port node names and port names will be passed down to the replacement controller The host will not acknowled
228. ions on creating a fr RAID using the LCD keypad panel Chapter 6 Gives step by step instructions on creating a RAID volume via a Telnet or RS 232C serial port session Chapter 7 Includes all the iSCSl related functions including access authentication initiator discovery channel group Jumbo Frame etc Chapter 8 Provides the advanced options for the host and drive channel configurations including I O queuing number of LUNs queue depth in band connection and disk access characteristics settings Chapter 9 Shows how to supervise system operating status Chapter 10 Details various methods either manual or automated for maintaining data integrity and preventing faults Chapter 11 Describes how to expand a RAID configuration using the Add drive or the Copy and Replace methodology Chapter 12 Describes the fault prevention methods using the S M A R T monitoring technology Chapter 13 Describes the details for the AV optimization mode implementations Chapter 14 Provides details about redundant controller configurations Appendix A Lists the important firmware features supported with the firmware revision arranged in accordance with the latest firmware version as of release date Appendix B Teaches the user how to upgrade firmware and boot record Appendix C Lists all of the controller event messages with troubleshooting information Xl Revision History Initial release Updated to comply with
229. is event can result from one member drive failure during initialization for all types of RAID configuration RO 1 3 5 6 2 OncLinelnitialization Failed This event can result from fatal failure of a logical drive for example two disk drives failed during the initialization process for aRAID 5LD and three disk drives failed for a RAID 6LD What to D o For off line initialization carefully identify and replace the faulty drive and perform create logical drive again For on line initialization reboot system and check the LD l If LD can be restored to the degraded mode then the initialization process will continue 2 If the LD cannot be restored then you have to replace the failed disks recreate the LD and restore data from a backup Source M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Expansion A borted Failed W hat Logical drive expansion failed lt could result from one of the H appened following reasons 1 Theexpansion has been canceled by a user 2 For On line expansion an expansion operation is terminated when the target LD fatally fails 3 For Off line expansion an expansion operation fails when any of its member drives fails What to Do Carefully identify and replace the faulty drive and perform logical Event Messages C 9 drive rebuild first For an online expansion the expansion operation should continue with a single drive failure When the LD rebuild process is completed the LD will resume the expansion process
230. is logical drive In this chapter RAID 6 will be used to demonstrate the configuration process Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 5 6 3 2 Choosing Member Drives t Step 5 Choose your member drive s from the list of available physical drives Tag the drives for inclusion by positioning the cursor bar on the drive and then pressing ENTER An asterisk will appear in front of the selected physical drive s To deselect the drive press ENTER again on the selected drive and the asterisk x will disappear Use the same method to select more memb er drives Fri Jun 3 00 31 56 2005 EET 785846 200 EE DAY SEAGATE 5 ae Gy a ee Se 243 10 2865846 27006 one ee eae e Mp E D PR z 4 11 34747 200M8 NONE FRAT ORV SEAGATE STIFG6G0S5FC ee ee ee EE E REM MENU E E MENUNUENNENENEN 2 4 12 285846 200MB NONE FRMT DRV SEAGATE ST3300007FC SS SS SSS SE SE SS SS a ee ee Se eee SS SESE SSS a SSS EEE feel H ote Se ETET JUME i NOME FRAT DRV SEAGATE 5 15 17304 2O MB NEW DRY 5EAGATE 5T318304FC Arrow Keys move CUurzor Enter S e t Esc Exit Ctr Ed EET dur Scree 6 3 3 laniaal Pwinsa Drafarannaae aximum Drive Capacity 17245 MB Assign Spare Drives Logical Drive Assignments Disk Reserved Space 256 MB write Policy Default write Back Initialize Mode On Line Stripe Size Default
231. ite Test later and choose t o View Read Write Testing Progress If you want to stop testing th e drive select Abort Drive Testing and press ENTER to proceed Wiew Read Write Testing Progress Abort brave Testing Read Write Test HE R wW TEST Maxtor eee IMPORTANT The disk drive on which a read write test will be performed cannot be a spare drive local or global nor a member of a logical drive The Read Write Test option will not appear if the drive is not indicated as a New Drive Also a drive formatted with a 256MB reserved space is also excluded from selection The Read Write Test function only applies to Fibre Channel SAS or SCSI disk drives RAID Inc 6 3 Creating a Logical Drive Q Step 1 Browse through the Main Menu and select View and Edit Logical Drive Cache Status Clean BAT Leeds Le m o eefi mem ibm e anm EBENE oder bee Su he a Esc Exit Q Step 2 For the first logical drive on the RAID subsystem simply choose the first logical drive entry LG 0 and press ENTER to proceed You may create as many as 16 logical drives or more using drives in a RAID subsystem or in a cascaded enclosure Q Step 3 When prompted to Create x Logical Drive select Yes and BIN press ENTER to proceed 6 3 1 Choosing a RAID Level Q Step4 A pull down list of supported RAID levels will appear Choosea RAID level for th
232. itialization An s stands for scanning process The number s next to them indicate the logical drive number e g logical drive 0 3 3 Quick Installation Ein Me 5 au ATVEI inatal lation AMT _ _ Misi d rab r LJ date Y ean I1 miu ttt T7 een Type Q or use the f keys to select Quick installation then press ENTER Choose Yes to create a logical drive Terminal Screen Messages 3 3 All possible RAID levels will be displayed Use the fT keys to select a RAID level then press ENTER The assigned spare drive will be a Local Spare Drive not a Global Spare Drive All available disk drives in the enclosure will be included in one logical drive The subsystem will start initialization and automatically map the logical drive to LUN 0 of the first host channel available usually Channel 0 The Quick Installation can only be performed when no logical drive has been previously configured v IMPORTANT In a large enclosure with many drive bays or a configuration that spans across multiple enclosures including all disk drives into a logical drive may not be a good idea A logical drive with too many members may cause difficulties with maintenance e g rebuild will take a longer time RAID arrays deliver a high I O rate by having all disk drives spinnin g and returning I O requests simultaneously If the combined performance of a large array excee
233. ity of a RAID system meant backing up all data in the disk array re creating the disk array configuration with new drives and then restoring data back into system RAID Inc s RAID Expansion technology allows users to expand a logical drive by adding new drives or replacing drive members with drives of larger capacity Replacing is done by copying data from the original members onto larger drives the smaller drives can then be replaced without powering down the system Notes on Expansion 1 Expansion Capacity When a new drive is added to an existing logical drive the capacity brought by the new drive appears as a new partition For example if you have 4 physical drives 36GB each in a logical drive and each drive s maximum capacity is used the capacity of the logical drive will be 108GB One drive s capacity is used for parity e g RAID 3 When a new 36GB drive is added the capacity will be increased to 144GB in two separate partitions one is 108GB and the other 36GB A CAUTION 1 If an array has not been partitioned the expansion capacity will appear as an added partition e g partition 1 next to the original partition O 2 f an array has been partitioned the expansion capacity will be added behind the last configured partition e g partition 16 next to the previously configured 15 partitions 3 If an array has been partitioned by the maximum number of partitions allow the expansion capacity will be
234. ity prediction capability only indicate whether the drive is good or failing In a SCSI environment the failure decision occurs on the disk drive and the host notifies the user for action The SCSI specification provides a sense bit to be flagged if the disk drive determines that a reliability issue exists The system then alerts the user system administrator S M A R T Configuration 12 5 12 6 B RAID Inc s Implementations with S M A R T RAID Inc uses the ANSI SCSI Informational Exception Control IEC document X3T10 94 190 standard There are four selections related to the S M A R T functions in firmware Disabled Disables S M A R T related functions Detect Only When the S M A R T function is enabled the controller will send a command to enable all drives S M A R T function if a drive predicts a problem the controller will report the problem in an event log Detect and Perpetual Clone When the S M A R T function is enabled the controller will send a command to enable all drives S M A R T function If a drive predicts a problem the controller will report the problem in an event log The controller will clone the drive if a Dedicated Global spare is available The drive with predicted errors will not be taken off line and the clone drive will still act as a standby drive If the drive with predicted errors fails the clone drive will take over immediately If the problematic drive is still
235. ive and choose Perpetual Clone TITEPITEESEDCESLKEIFLERS E 8 la Stetus Clean LLESLEBLEEULEESITEETERLE CL ILERL ELT OEBREIELS HAT 4 4 2 ON LINE Aaxtor 7725 RMA Vine driv infornu tiian DH LIHE Maxrao r VY BR Ideni if i Regia fier lungs oo 2 OH LIHE fMaxcor 7258 ON LINE Hexxtor TE ON LINE Haxtor 772588 Ctr TIT S M A R T Configuration 12 3 12 4 Step 2 The controller will automatically start the cloning process using the existing stand by local global spare drive to clone the source drive the target member drive Step 3 The cloning process will begin with a notification message Drive Copying Mertification i 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 2 ID Starting Clone Step 5 You may quit viewing the status bar by pressing ESC to return to the previous menu Select the drive indicated as CLONING by pressing ENTER Select Clone Failing Drive again to view the progress You may identify the source drive and choose to View Clone Progress or Abort Clone if you happen to have selected the wrong drive Step 6 The cloning progress will be completed by a notification message as displayed below ve Copying Notification Ms 0 Logical Drive MOTICE CHL 2 ID 0 Clone Completed Step 7 You may press ESC to clear the notification message to see the drives status after the cloning process The source drive Channel 1 ID 5 remains as
236. ives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host view and edit scsi Drives view and egil Scsi channels view and e git pc and edit Temperature Range from 50 to 100 v Disable Trigger Event disable Default Trigger Event default Input Temperature Trigger Threshold 90 Arrow Keys Move Cursor nter Select sciExit trit tL Retres creen Step 5 A configuration window will prompt Enter any value within the safety range Values exceeding the safety range will be rejected by controller firmware Marninsc rise Temperature Threshold Out of Range Step 6 Follow the same method to modify other threshold parameters UPS Support UPS status monitoring is available from firmware release 3 34 onward This feature enables the RAID subsystem to observe and respond to the status of the UPS battery charge or AC power via the COM2 serial port connection and dynamically switch the write policy Requirements for UPS Status Monitoring 1 3 Connect the serial port on a UPS device to the controller subsystem s COM2 serial port Set the same Baud Rate to the system COM2 and the UPS serial port Please refer to Chapter One RS 232C Serial Port Settings Set the UPS option as described in 9 2 1 1 to Enabled Condition Reports and Reactions 1 2 When mains power is lost or when the UPS charge is low an event is issued The subsystem will commence an auto cache flush and will be forced to adopt the con
237. ividual cooling fan once missing or failed is restored What to Do Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line RPM What Happened An individual cooling fan once missing or failed is restored and the PRM reading displays This applies to enclosure implementations using cooling fans capable of reporting rotation speed W hat to Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage SES COIO Cooling Fan 1 Fan Back On Line What Happened A cooling fan once missing or failed is restored This message is reported through an SES monitoring device Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage SAF TE Device 1 NOTICE Temperature Back To Non Critical L Vs WhatHappened Operating temperature back within normal temperature range Whatto Do Press ESC to dear this message M essage Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To Non Critical LVs What Happened Temperature sensor 1 reports operating temperature is now within normal temperature range What to Do Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 is Present What Happened Temperature sensor 1 once missing and is now present on the serial bus What to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To Non Critical LVs _ What Happened Temperature sensor 1 reports operating temperature is now within normal temperature range an
238. l drives view and edit logical Volumes View and edit Host lunsa view and edit Drives vieu and edit channels u Communication Status R5 232 Port Gonfiguration I IP COMI Configuration C Baud rate 3840 Terminal Emulation Enabled COM2 is used for UPS connection on the Falcon subsystems Unlike previous models the COM2 port on the Falcon system can no longer be used for management access Terminal Emulation The Terminal Emulation setting on the COM1 port is enabled by default Usually there is no need to change this setting Baud Rate To change the Baud Rate setting select the highlighted menu item by pressing ENTER Available options will be displayed in a pull down menu Select by pressing ENTER and press ESC several times to return to the previous configuration screen Terminal Emulation Enabled Internet Protocol lt TCP IP gt The Internet Protocol menu allows you to prepare the management access through the subsystem controller s RJ 45 Ethernet port RAID Inc amp Main Menu gt Quick installation View and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes View and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channel view and edit Configuration parameters u Communication Parameters C H R5 232 Port Configuration Internet Protocol 4ICPI P gt D coram BUETTEITIRHSUTH Set IP Address To access the configuration options press
239. l the member drives have been replaced execute the Expand Logical Drives function to make use of the expansion capacity 2 ew TT 2 ew ips p ew a wee OL RAID 5 B t P and Replace each member drive an i Unused RAID 5 4GB After all the member drives have been replaced execute the Expand logical drives to make use of the unused capacity Figure 11 3 Expansion by Copy amp Replace RAID levels supported RAID 0 1 3 5 and 6 Array Expansion 11 7 Copy and Replace Procedure Step 1 Select from Main Menu View and Edit Logical Drives Select a target array press ENTER and scroll down to choose Copy and Replace Drive Press ENTER to proceed Vache Status Ulean LG ID LV RAID Size MB Status O 4LN 4SB 4FL NAME gr COP IOACO NA EO II T RII 9L T 2 R2 RR View scsi drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Name logical drive Assignments Expand logical drive add Scsi drives reGenerate parit ecley and reslace drives Q EY V V V V V V S v V Step 2 The array members will be listed Select the member drive the source drive you want to replace with a larger one Step 3 Select one of the members as the source drive status indicated as ON LINE by pressing ENTER a table of available drives will prompt Step 4 Select a new drive to copy the capacity of the source drive to The channel number and ID
240. lacement automatically once the failed drive has been replaced Concurrent rebuild Multiple logical drives can proceed with a expansion Rebuild Regenerating Parity and or Expansion Initialization Add Drive operation at the same time NOTE Regenerate Parity and Rebuild cannot take place RAID Inc on a logical drive at the same time Create Expand and Add Drive operations cannot take place on a logical drive at the same time download and takes effect after system reboot Auto recovery from Supported If a user accidentally removed the logical drive failure wrong drive to cause the 2nd drive failure of a configuration on one drive failed RAID5 RAID3 logical drive fatal drives error may occur However you may force the subsystem to reaccept the logical drive by switching off the subsystem installing the drive back to its original drive slot and then power on the subsystem You may have the chance to restore the logical drive into the one drive failed status if no host I Os are distributed to the logical drive during the time NOTE To ensure smooth operation sufficient cache memory buffer is required for configurations made up of numerous logical units An intelligent trigger mechanism is implemented with firmware version 3 47 and later If a subsystem controller comes with a DIMM module of the size equal or larger than 1GB firmware automatically a the maximum numbers of logical units rg e EET
241. lect View and Edit Drives then press ENT t Step 2 Slot 1010MB NEW DRV SEAGATE Disk drive information will be di isplayed on the LCD Press the up or down arrow key s to select a drive that is stated as NEW DRV O USED DRV that has not been included in any logical drive nor specified as a FAILED drive then press ENT to select it 7 Step 3 Press the up or down arrow keys to select Add Local Spare Drive then press ENT Q Step 4 Press the up or dowrnLGO RAID5 DRV 3 arrow keys to select the logical 2012MB GD SB 0 drive where the Local Spare Add Local Spare Drive Drive will be assigned then press ENT for two seconds to confirm t Step 5 The message Add Add Local Spare Drive Successful Local Spare Drive Successful will be displayed on the LCD 5 7 2 Adding a Global Spare Drive Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds toenter the Main Menu Press the up or BOND arrow key ow and Edit stoselect View and prives Edit Drives then press ENT Slot 1010MB NEW DRV SEAGATE RAID Inc 9j Step 2 Disk drive information will be displayed on the LCD Press the up or down arrow ke ys to select a disk drive that ha snotbeen assigned to any logical drive then press ENT 9 add Global Spare 4 Step3 Press the up or down arrow keys to select Add Global prive Spare Drive then press ENT Q Step 4 Press ENT again for two Add Global Spare seconds to a
242. led drive before replacement takes place Removing the wrong drive will fatally fail a logical drive and the data loss will occur Step 1 Before physically replacing a failed drive you should verify the messages as shown below Warning Slot Target WARN Unexpected Select Timeout ID 638403556 Logical Drive ALERT Slot ID 0 Drive Failure You should also check the logical drive member list in View and Edit Logical Drives gt View drives The failed drive s status should be indicated as BAD actus ilalalole un eSB FL MAHE 2 zam3 00e ofon LINe HITACHI HD 728080PLASB0 eS 20005 ejewwirwe HITACHI HDS7280807LASBD n _ NOME JEA i Le Sy SSS ee 7az7s so0me o ON LINE HITACHT HDET28OBSOSLASBO io 7 amp 273 so e o C THE HITACHI HOS FP See ASO DI di L ee eee eee Step 2 Make sure you correctly identify the location of the failed drive and replace it with a new drive Step 3 Return to the View and Edit Logical Drives menu Press ENTER on it and you should find the Rebuild option view drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Name 2 ld l ic al drive RAID Inc Step 4 The rebuild should start Press ESC to skip the message Notification 6S8A035B Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Rebuild Step 5 The rebuild progress will be indicated by a status bar Rebuild Logical Orive 0 9 25 Completed Step
243. llation A logical drive has fatally failed or manually shutdown This state can result from other faults such as CRC error checksum RAID Inc 2 4 Logical Volume Status Logical Volume Logical Volume ID LV 0 ID 09816DE9 00002021MB DRV 1 N Volume capacity Number of included members Figure 2 4 Logical Volume Status Screen Logical Volume The Logical Volume number DR V x The number of logical drive s contained in this logical volume Logical Volume ID This unique ID is randomly generated bythe firmware This ID can be used to identify a RAID volume accessed through two separate host links Logical drives also have a similar uniqueID for ease of identification across a storage network Logical Volume Status xxxMB The capacity of this logical volume 2 5 Physical Drive Status Drive Slot Number Drive Capacity SLOT 1 10100MB LG 0 LN Maxtor Logical Drive Drive Status Drive Vendor Number Figure 2 5 Drive Status Screen LCD Screen Messages 2 5 2 6 2 6 Drive Status SLOT The location of this disk drive LG This drive is a member of logical drive LG x IN Initializing LG x LN On line already a member of a logical configuration LG x RB Rebuilding LG x SB Local Spare drive ABSENT The disk drive does not exist ADDING The drive is about to be included in a logical drive through the ADD Drive procedure CEDING When migrating from RAID6 to RAIDS the drive is about to be dismis
244. m Drive Response Time In situations such as drive failure or the occurrences of media errors a read or write request returned after several hundreds milliseconds will be too long for AV applications for which choppy audio or dropped video frames are not acceptable Response Time in Read Scenarios The Maximum Response Time option provides a timeout value for processing read write requests If delays caused by media errors are reported on a specific member of an array the subsystem firmware immediately retrieves data by generating data from RAID parity and the data blocks on other members of the array In this way delays on read requests can be efficiently eliminated Without the Response Time setting firmware may wait several seconds for the hard drive to timeout Maximum Drive Response Time in Write Scenarios Cache EX 3 mediaerorl p B D L r Ze a D3 a A Pe Da E Pi wo DE d Ro m E C9 i 0 9 Did Da Da D Figure 10 1 Delays on Write by Media Error As shown above the occurrences of media errors on a single disk drive can cause a performance drag within a few seconds If media errors occur while servicing write requests the following can occur 1 A media error is encountered while RAID system firmware is conducting a write request D4 data block 4 2 It usually takes 3 to 4 seconds for a hard drive to return timeout state and during that time the succeeding write 10 15 10 16
245. may H appened have generated serious integrity problems What to Do The data in the target LD could have been corrupted please execute the Regenerate Parity function and restore data if instances of inconsistent parity are found Contact system vendor for help M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive On Line Init Table Bad What When an LD is still under an online initialization process and the H appened system reboots for some reasons the system will not be able to generate a correct On line Init table at boot time The logical drive may have encountered serious integrity problems What to Do Execute regenerate parity operation and ignore the inconsistent parity event if occurred Contact system vendor for help M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Bad Data Block M arked 000000084 What During write operations including rebuild host write commands H appened disk doning and Add Drive media errors may cause data inconsistency System cannot regenerate the data by RAID parity calculation The affected data blocks are marked bad The situation may result from the following 1 Rebuild and host write command For example in a RAID 5 configuration one member drive failed and media errors are found on another member drive 2 Disk clone and Add Drive Concurrent occurrences of media errors are found on the same stripe across two member drives What to Do The data affected by data blocks failure will be lost The host compu
246. may avoid using it as a global spare Enable the function and reset the controller for the configuration to take effect 10 4 RAID Inc 10 2 Data Integrity Database Media Scan runs on the 1 and 3 Sundays Scheduled Maintenance Task Scheduler Mail Server Media Scan runs on the 2nd and 4th Sundays File Server Media Scan runs every few days at midnight Figure 10 1 Scheduled Scans on Individual arrays The Task Scheduler functionality allows Media Scans to be scheduled beginning at a specified start time and repeating at regular intervals defined by a configurable interval period Each such schedule can be defined to operate on all drives of a certain class all member drives of a specified logical drive spare drives or all member drives of all logical drives Uls supported are the text based utility accessed through RS 232C serial connection telnet and StorageWatch GUI manager The Task Scheduler allows firmware to automatically perform media scans on specific RAID arrays saving you the efforts to manually initiate the processes Scans take place at a preferred time when the subsystem is less stressed by daily service e g Sundays or midnight Fra May 7 LS 44 51 2004 Cache Status Clean BAT HONE ID Lv RAID sized status l 2 3 oa C vLMN ese FL ECCIESE NA EE CED Po4 SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN El Wiew drivas Li Delete logical drive Partitio
247. multaneously generated without the effort to consult data from other members of an array 384k RAID controller if data size fits 3 members the read effort will be unnecessary 128k 128k 128k ooog A B C P Figure 6 4 384k I O size amp an Array with a 128k Stripe Size If the I O size is larger than the combined stripe depths the extra data blocks will be written to the member drives on the successive spins and the read efforts will also be necessary for generating parity data a ze 1MB RAID 128k x 7 896k controller 1MB 1000k 1000k 896k 104k 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k cx E C69 C95 09 092 C92 09 First spin ca ber Ge Co E F i p mito Sao Firmware reads member drives B C D E F amp Gin order to generate parity block A B C Do e P G P Figure 6 5 1MB I O size amp an Array with a 128k Stripe Size and 8 members 6 12 RAID Inc Although the real world I Os do not always perfectly fit the array stripe size matching the array stripe size to your I O characteristics can eliminate drags on performance hard drive seek and rotation efforts and will ensure the optimal performance The Default value is determined by the combined factors of the controller Optimization Mode setting and the RAID level selected for the specific logical drive See the table below for defa ult values Table 6 1 RAID Levels and Stripe Size
248. n Menu and select View and Edit Peripheral Devices Step 2 Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Peripheral Device Configuration View Peripheral Device Status and then press ENTER fF 13 19 49 27005 Cache Status Clean Main Hanu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view an VTS am view arn view an B3 3v 3 400wv Operation Normally TV 5 07 Zw Operation Normal ly 1iv LZ 2604 Operation Normal ly CPU Tesperature 35 5 C Temperature within Safe Range Board Temperature 36 5 C Temperature within Safe Range Board Temperature 45 0 C Temperature within Safe Range ESS TEXTE CCP IHLIReETPBRES Screen display The enclosure fan status and the temperature readings from chassis sensors are shown in 9 1 Enclosure Device Statuses Peripheral Device Status 9 2 3 1 Changing Monitoring Thresholds Step 1 Open your PC Terminal Emulation utility Enter the Main Menu and select View and Edit Peripheral Devices Step 2 Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Peripheral Device Configuration Voltage and Temperature Parameters and confirm by pressing ENTER 9 10 RAID Inc CAUTION It is not recommended to change the threshold values unless you need to coordinate the RAID controller s values with that of your RAID enclosure If a value exceeding the safety rang
249. n array firmware automatically restores the array s original write policy 14 20 RAID Inc 14 5 3 Cache Synchronization on Write Through Status Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives View an oanriguratian Redundant controller Communication channel Fibre secondary Controller RS 232 Disabled Cache Synchronization on wWwrite Through Disable Cache Synchronization on write Through 7 KCN Na arrow Keys Move cursor JeEnter select Esc Exit Ctri L RefTresh Screen If your redundant controller system is not operating with Write back caching you can disable the synchronized cache communications between RAID controllers Your system can be spared of the efforts to mirror and transfer data between partner controllers This increases array performance for subsystems that operate without write caching Note that the configuration changes made to the RAID subsystem firmware Will still be synchronized between the partner controllers Redundant Controller 14 21 14 22 14 6 Operation Theory 14 6 1 14 6 2 The Inter Controller Relationship For subsystems running firmware release 3 48 or later the Primary Secondary controller role is determined by a controller s position in a RAID enclosure The new principle helps ensure the fixed location of a dominating Primary controller Other aspects
250. n logical drive 200 oon logical drive Mane Expand logical drive Goon add drives e rare ate pa rit ere e pv re lace dive mE Write po aue REYS owe DUP Sor 10 5 10 6 Step 1 Accessing the Task Scheduler Utility Step 1 1 The scheduler utility can be accessed through the View and Edit Logical Drives menu by selecting a configured array and to display the list of array related functions Select Media Scan by pressing ENTER Media Scan Priority Normal Iteration Count single Time Step 1 2 Select Task Scheduler by pressing ENTER Step 2 Creating a New Schedule Step 2 1 If there is no preset schedule a confirm box will prompt ae aaa wae NATRATDS RAT TET aT at Media Scan Priarity Normal Iteration Count Single Time Prask scheduler Media Scan Priority Normal fram Count Single Time Step 2 2 Press ENTER on an existing schedule to display the configuration options You may choose to check information of a task schedule to create a new schedule or to remove a configured schedule Step 3 Task Scheduler Options To configure a task schedule browse through the following options and make necessary changes RAID Inc Data Integrity Step 3 1 Step 3 2 Execute on Controller Initialization Media Sean Priority Nermal Iteration Count Single Time Task Scheduler Execute on Controller Initialization YES Start time and date Het Set
251. ndary RAID controller Rebuild Logical Drive Manually rebuilds a logical drive when a failed drive is replaced Expand Logical Drive Expands the unused capacity of a logical drive Migrate Logical Drive Migrates a logical drive to a different RAID level A l 9 Add Drives Adds physical drive s to a logical drive Regenerate Parity Regenerates a logical drive s parity Copy and Replace Copies or replaces members of a logical Drive drive Media Scan Configures Media Scan priority iteration count and task schedules Write Policy Changes the write policy associated with the logical drive RAID Inc NOTE The Rebuild and Regenerate Parity processes will be discussed in Array integrity chapter f The Logical Drive Assignments process is complex and will be discussed in the Redundant Controller chapter where youcan find all details about configuring a dual active RAID controller configuration The Add Drive and Copy Replace processes will be discussed in the Array Expansion chapter 6 8 1 Deleting a Logical Drive WANRING Deleting a logical drive destroys all data stored on it NOTE Unmap the logical drive from all configured ID LUNs before deleting it t Step 1 Select the logical drive you wish to delete then press ENTER Q Step2 Select Delete logical drive then choose Yes when prompted to confirm L view drives atus 1 2 3 o c LN use er elete logical drive A
252. ne ee eee ee 6 10 64 RAID MIG aU O I Plot 6 16 6 4 1 Requirements for Migrating a RAIDS Array cccccssssssseeeeseeeeeeeessenaaes 6 16 6 4 2 Migration Methods sees eere 6 17 6 4 3 Migration Exemplary Procedure sees 6 18 6 5 Partitioning RAID AITVS iiiecoieeeeto cet re onu ooa no aea e conde contetteesieascrraceceeccceets 6 22 6 6 Mapping an Array to Host LUNS eene 6 24 6 7 Assigning Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings 6 27 6 7 1 Adding a Local Spare Drive ise Geis hice 6 27 6 7 2 Adding a Global Spare Drive E nnne 6 28 6 7 3 Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive o RA EE REA RAF 6 28 6 8 Logical Drive and Drive Member Related Functions 6 30 6 8 1 Deleting a Logical Drive a a E 6 31 6 8 2 Deleting a Partition of a Logical Drive sssssseseseesessssss 6 32 6 8 3 Naming a LOGICAl Dve uui ere vrch s pado e ka VR teens deus ME RA YVEVRTRE X EURMR 6 33 6684 EXDANG Logical DIVE iensen ense dauid aa biete dia susan Mesi eau 6 34 6 9 Deleting Host EUNS iioiiiiiiie rito EC EE YT 32 4395392040229 FEE iSi Pisces poe cos 6 35 6 10 Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Enclosure Spare Drive 6 35 Chapter 7 iSCSI Options 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 Network Interface Settings iioii eee poa cues o
253. necessary 128k 128k 128k 999 9 A B C P Figure 5 2 384k I O size amp an Array with a 128k Stripe Size If the I O size is larger than the combined stripe depths the extra data blocks will be written to the member drives on the successive spins and theread efforts will also be necessary for generating parity data 4 e RAID 128k x 7 896k controller 1MB 1000k 1000k 896k 104k 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k ETSI t i 8 E D b J 1 be is parity Second spin m Firmware reads member drives B C D E F amp G in order to generate parity block A B C D E F G P Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 11 9 12 5 3 11 Figure 5 3 1MB I O size amp an Array with a 128k Stripe Size and 8 members Although the real world I Os do notalways perfectly fit the array stripe size matching the array stripe size toyour I O characteristics can eliminate drags on performance hard d rive seek and_ rotation efforts and will ensure the optimal performance Listed below are the default values for different RAID levels Table 2 1 RAID Levels and Stripe Sizes RAI D level Stripe Size RAIDO 128KB Rubi 12 8 Ram 198 o Raps xS Nwpb XX B q Step 8 6 1 Press ENT once to change the status digits into a question mark Q Step 8 6 2 Use the arrow keys to select a desired stripe size Q Step 8 6 3 Press ENT for two sec
254. ng discussions or in the Installation and Hardware Reference Manual that came with your RAID subsystems The proceeding discussions will focus on the working theories and the configuration procedures for readying a redundant controller system This chapter covers the following topics Configuration Concerns 14 1 Configuration Concerns Requirements f 14 2 Requirements Configuration Processes f 14 3 Array Configuration Processes in Dual controller Mode Troubleshooting f 144 Troubleshooting Controller Failure Related Functions f 14 5 Configurable Parameters Related to Redundant Controllers Working Theory 14 6 Operation Theory Redundant Controller 14 1 14 4 Configuration Concerns Listed below are the configuration concerns and phenomena you will encounter when configuring a redundant controller subsystem 1 By system default Controller A is always the primary RAID controller Controller B in the lower slot serves as the secondary If Controller A fails and is replaced afterward firmware returns the Primary role to the replacement controller after a system reset 2 he traditional mapping method co exists with the new cross controller access available with the firmware 3 48 release Firmware before rev A RAID configuration can only be managed by 3 48 one controller i e mapping to IDs owned by one controller Firmware rev 3 48 A RAID configuration can be alternatively managed by both RAID cont
255. ning M emory Not Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config ALERT Cache volatilized Force Controller Write Through on Trigger Cause C 4 3 Notification Board1 Cold Temperature Back To N on Critical LV s O C 12V Upper Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits 0 0V 12V Lower Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits 0 0V M emory is Now Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config Controller NOTICE NVRAM Factory Defaults Restored Controller BBU is Charging NOTICE Controller BBU Present NOTICE Controller BBU Back On Line NOTICE Controller BBU Fully Charged Notify Controller BBU Lifetime Exceeded Replacement Recommended Controller N OTICE Redundant Controller Firmware U pdated NOTICE Force Controller Shutdown Start NOTICE Force Controller Shutdown Complete C 5 Data Service Events Snapshot C 5 1 Critical Snapshot ALERT SC ID 3BB6514353CF3B85 Space Thresh Exceeded 80 C 5 2 Warning Snapshot WARNING SC 1D 3BB6514353CF3B85 Creation Failed Snapshot WARNING SS ID 30A 55D31700F2A A B Creation Failed C 6 RAID Inc Event Messages Snapshot WARNING SI ID 1D3EO9F 11D48E27A Creation Failed Snapshot WARNING SC 1D 3BB6514353CF3B85 Extend Failed Snapshot WARNING SC ID 3BB6514353CF3B85 Space Thresh Exceeded 60 C 5 3 Notification Snapshot NOTICE SC 1D 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Creation Complete Snapshot NOTICE SC ID 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Extend Complete Snapshot NOTICE SC ID 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Deleted Snapshot N
256. nt Controllers f As diagrammed above each logical drive is associated with two different channel IDs managed by different RAID controllers AID BID This mapping method also ensures continuous host access in the situation when no port bypass is available e g FC switches Note the following when configuring fault tolerant configurations Multi pathing management software should be installed on the host computers to manage the access to the same array volume via two different I O paths f Each channel ID or an LUN under target ID will appear as one virtual storage volume to the host operating system 14 28 RAID Inc 14 6 4 Fault Tolerance Why Using a Redundant Controller Configuration 1 Hardware failures can occur A simple parity error can sometimes cause a RAID system to completely hang 2 Having two controllers working together will guarantee that at least one controller will survive catastrophes and keep the system working 3 When dealing with high availability applications redundancy is always a virtue This is the logic behind having redundant controllers to minimize the chance of down time for a storage subsystem A redundant controller system uses two controller modules to manage the storage arrays It requires two identical controllers to work together and both must be working normally During normal operation each controller serves its I O requests If one controller fails the existing controll
257. number of both the Source Drive and the Destination Drive will be indicated in the confirm box LG ID Lv KAID 9lze dHB status Lizlile c ssa Hane UM EE a or 2000 SS Fe 4 9 d i Source Orisa SLOT L Destination Driva SLOTzZ5 vendor and Product ID copy and Replace Drive Step 5 Choose Yes to confirm and proceed Drive Copying Moti Ti catian LG 0 Logical Orive HOTICE Slotl Starting clone RAID Inc 11 5 Array Expansion Step 6 Press ESC to view the progress Step 7 Completion of the Copy and Replace process will be indicated by a notification message Follow the same method to copy and replace every member drive You may now perform Expand Logical Drive to make use of the added capacity and then map the additional capacity to a host LUN Drive Copying Nat1f1catuon g i 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Slatl Copy and Replace Completed Making Use of the Added Capacity Expand Logical Drive In the following example the logical drive is originally composed of three member drives and each member drive has the capacity of 1GB Copy and Replace has been performed on the logical drive and each of its member drives has been replaced by a new drive with the capacity of 2GB The next step is to perform Expand Logical Drive to utilize the additional capacity brought by the new drives Step 1 Select View and Edit Logical Drives from the Main Menu and sel
258. ny single member disk failed in aLD will forcethis operation to stop 3 Irrecoverable parity inconsistency may also cause a halt to C 8 RAID Inc the operation by user s configuration operation errors What to D o If the Check Regenerate Parity Failure is caused by a drive failure replace the faulty drive and rebuild the LD Then execute the check parity operation again If the Check Regenerate Parity Failure results from the discovery of inconsistent parity users have to change the firmware check parameters if users wish to complete the whole check parity operation M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation A borted What Logical drive creation process manually aborted or that some H appened system integrity problems forced the subsystem to abort logical drive creation process Whatto Do Check proper system worki ng conditions M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation Failed What Logical drive creation process failed when one or more drive H appened members failed or have been accidentally removed Drive abnormality may also be the cause of the problems What to Do Check proper system working conditions and drive connection Replace the faulty drives and repeat the creation process M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Initialization Failed What Logical drive initialization failed It could result from one of the H appened following reasons l Off Line Initialization Failed Logical drive initialization failed Th
259. o Complete What Happened __ O timeout on specific drive channel What to Do Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel WARN Parity CRC Error Detected What H appened RCC channel parity or CRC errors detected Event Messages C 19 What to Do Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Host Channel WARN Parity CRC Error Detected What Happened Parity or CRC errors detected through host ID CHL_ID What to Do Occurrences of these faults usually can be negotiated between RAID subsystems and application servers If occurrences become frequent contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Host Channel WARN Parity CRC Error Detected What Happened Host channel parity or CRC errors detected What to Do Parity and CRC faults can often be negotiated between application servers and RAID subsystems Contact your RAID system supplier if this occurs too frequently M essage CHL ID Drive WARN Unexpected Drive N ot Ready 00B What Happened Unexpected drive not ready returned from a disk drive on CHL _ ID What to Do Check proper installation of disk drives or cabling connection This event often occurs when hot swapping disk drives and may be caused by signal glitches If the disk drive fails to respond the Subsystem should consider the disk drive as a failed drive when the timeout threshold is reached Contact your RAID system
260. onds to confirm your change Beginning Initialization 7 Step9 Press ESC to return to the previous menu Use the up ordown arrow keys select Create Logical Drive Q Step 10 Press ENT for two seconds to start initializing logical drive The Online Mode If the online initialization method is applied the array will be immediately Stripe size 128KB Create Logical Drive LG 0 Creation Completed RAID Inc available for use The array initialization runs in the background and the array is immediately ready for I Os Engineers can continue configuring the RAID subsystem The Offline Mode The RAID controller will immediately start to initialize the array parity if the offline mode is applied Note that if NRAID or RAIDO is selected initialization time is rc 6 rnitializat short and Ion Completed completes almost within a second Initializing090 Please Wait LG 0 RAID6 DRV 4 Tue logical drive s information 59934MB GD SB 0 displays when the initialization process iscompleted If the online mode isadopted array information will be displayed immediately Due to the operation complexity the RAID Migration option is NOTE not available using the LCD keypad panel 5 5 Partitioning a Logical Drive Logical Volume A i IMPORTANT Partitioning is NOT a requirement for building a RAID subsystem T he configuration processes for partitioning a logical volume
261. ory when power failure occurs The unwritten data in the cache memory can be committed to drive media when power is restored Verification on normal Supported Performs read after write during writes normal write processes to ensure data is properly written to drives Verification on rebuild Supported Performs read after write during writes rebuild write to ensure data is properly written to drives Verification on LD Supported Performs read after write during initialization writes logical drive initialization to ensure data is oroperly written to drives Drive S M A R T Supported Drive failure is predictable with support reference to the different variables detected Reaction schemes are selectable from Detect only Perpetual Clone and Copy Replace These options help to improve MTBF Clone failing drive Users may choose to clone data from a failing drive to a backup drive manually Automatic shutdown Controller automatically enters an idle state on over temperature stops answering l O requests upon the condition detection of high ambient temperature for an extended period of time A 8 System Security Password protection Supported All configuration changes require the correct password if set to ensure system security Password protection is also bundled with all user interfaces User configurable Supported After certain time in absence of user password validation interaction the password will be
262. ot B CH3 IDF Tha Slot 1H CHA ID Slot 11 CHa IIA Slat 17 CHA Tit Slot 1h CHS ID13 Slot 15 CHS IDih Slot 16 CH3 ID15 Another key factor in identify drive location is the JBOD SBOD identifier that can be found under the Main Menu gt View and Edit 9 4 Inc Drives sub menu The JBOD identifier equals the enclosure ID you configure using the front panel rotary switch or the rear panel DIP switches JEOD T E EE i 78273 JETA ON LINE LINE HITACHI HOS 728080PLA580 e 78273 Tursooe clown HITACHI HDS728080PLASSO 300ME NONE USED DRV USED DRV HITACHI HDS728080PLASRO 4 78273 300ME M LINE HITACHI HDS728080PLASBO 78273 300ME HITACHI HDST2S080PLA380 78273 HITACHI HD5728080PLA380 78273 300M amp 1 ON LINE HITACHI HDS728080PLASSO 78273 300ME 10 LINE HITACHI HD5723080PLAS80 Y L3 8 E E Enclosure Management 9 5 9 2 9 2 1 Enclosure Management Options Enclosure Devices 9 2 1 1 Event Triggered Operations Fri Jan 16 10 51 39 2004 Cache Status Clean H l Meni gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical welumnes View and edit Host Turna view and edit scsi Drives igaer Operations or Falled E UPS AC Power Loss Enabled jaw Power Supply Failed Disabled FAM Failure Disabled Temperature exceeds threshold Shutdown Period Z min Enter 5e ect Ese Exit EF Step 1 Use arrow keys to move your cursor ba
263. ou have to manually repeat the LUN mapping process All of the download functions will prompt for a file source from the current workstation 2 The Save NVRAM function keeps a record of all configuration data in firmware including host side drive side logical drive configurations and controller related preferences 4 32 RAID Inc 3 Data Service settings e g Snapshot Set configuration will not be preserved by the Save NVRAM function The snapshot meta table is kept on the drive media of a volume selected as a Snapshot Container A RAID configuration of drives must exist for the controller to write NVRAM content onto it C Lcb Keypad Q Step 1 From the Main Menu eee Controller System Functions Use maintenance _ arrow keys to scroll down and select Contro cave NVRAM ller Maintenance lo Disks Save NVRAM to Disks then press ENT t Restore with Step 2 Press ENT for two seconds on the message prompt Save NVRAM to Disks Password A prompt will inform you that NVRAM information has been successfully saved Terminal At least a RAID configuration must exist for the controller to write your configuration data onto it From the Main Menu choose System Functions Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Maintenance Save NVRAM to Disks then press ENTER Main Mer gt Quick installation vies and edit Logical drives view and
264. ould make sure you have at least one spare drive for the logical drive either Local Spare or Global Spare Drive Step 2 2 1 Step 2 2 2 In View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters gt Drive Predictable Failure Mode lt SMART gt choose Detect Perpetual Clone When a drive logical drive member detects predictable drive errors the controller will clone the drive with a spare drive You may enter the View and Edit Drives menu and click on the spare drive either Local or Global one Choose from the menu items if you want to know the status of the source drive the cloning progress or to abort cloning f As a precaution against the untimely failure of yet another drive when configured as perpetual clone the spare drive will only stay mirrored to the source drive the drive with signs of failure but not replace it until the source drive actually fails f While the spare drive is mirroring the source drive any occurrence of drive failure when there are no other spare drives will force the spare drive to give up the mirrored data and resume its original role it will become a spare drive again and start rebuilding the failed drive Step 2 3 The Detect Clone Replace Function Before enabling this option make sure you have at least one spare drive to the logical drive either Local Spare Drive or Global Spare Drive Step 2 3 1
265. owing is a screen listing all cooling fans in a 3U enclosure including those embedded in power supply modules fooling fano cooling fanl Cooling fan2 Cooling fan3 PSU PSU PSU PSU PSU PSU O FaAN FAN l FANM 0 unknmoewr l FAM unknowr FAN az2O0O0RPI 2 FAM S600RPI4 RAID Inc Devices within the Expansion Enclosure Devices in SAS expansion enclosures are monitored through a proprietary in band methodology through a monitor chipset on JBOD controllers Below is the device shown on the View and Edit Drives screen lhu dum of b4 40 99 cee reo sto onte aT cuna nr Statue Verr ard Product 10 E BENE ECL NECI TCR ieaie a Eira hs a OO ERELE et Ee ME E 51 30H DN LINE HITACHI HUSISI4T3ULSSBD Eac Exit Lirl L Betresh Sereen Information about the SAS expander handling SAS expansion links is shown as the last device in the RAID enclosure 5 Cacho Statue E44 Dirty if sie See Rr ar wes 1 69751 3HBHB ON LINE HITACHI HUSISI473ULS3BB 64751 3HBHB ON LINE HITACHI HUSIS1473ULS30H i e es pue ore jen waists ILLI 4 p mmm 2808 contort jin jen sanos E COE spass e ovine forra asisas LL Loft reru Jue asia Arroa Keus hows Cure Enter Select The JBOD controller within the expansion enclosure is shown as the last device in the expansion enclosure You may press ENTER on the device to check the
266. pe Parameters Operating Peripheral Peripheral Device LUN System Device Device Support for Applicability Type Qualifier Removable Media Windows Oxd Connecte Either is LUN O s 2000 2003 d okay Solaris 8 9 Oxd Eade Either is LUN O s x86 and okay EE Linux RedHat Oxd ee Either is LUN O s 8 9 Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 8 7 Table 8 2 Peripheral Device Type Settings Cylinder Head Sector Mapping Drive capacity is decided by the number of blocks For some operating systems Sun Solaris for example the capacity of a drive is determined by the cylinder head sector count For earlier Sun Solaris systems the cylinder cannot exceed 65535 choose cylinder 65535 then the controller will automatically adjust the head sector count for your OS to read the correct drive capacity Please refer to the related documents provided with your operating system for more information Cylinder Head and Sector counts are selectable from the configuration menus shown below To avoid any difficulties with a Sun Solaris configuration the values listed below can be applied Table 8 3 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris Capacity Cylinder Head Sector Older Solaris versions do not support drive capacities larger than 1 terabyte Solaris 10 now supports array capacity larger than 1TB Set the values to the values listed in the table below Table 8 4 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris 10 Capacity Cyl
267. placement controller No need to shut down the failed controller before replacing the failed controller Support online hot swap of the failed controller There is no need to reset or shutdown the failed controller One controller can be pulled out during active I Os to simulate the destructive controller failure Supported Dedicated loops or distribution over drive loops selectable Preset SATA paths or SAS domains on Falcon subsystems Supported Supported RAID Inc Yes Cache memory is dynamically allocated memory allocation not fixed Environment Supported SAF TE S E S ISEMS I2C management interface or S E S over SAS links and on board controller voltage temp monitor are all supported in both single and redundant controller mode In the event of controller failure services can be taken over by the surviving controller Cache battery backup Supported Battery backup modules support cached data during a power outage in both single controller and redundant controller modes With EEPROM battery modules firmware will be aware of the life expectancy of battery cells This feature is supported since ASIC400 models Load sharing Supported Workload can be flexibly divided between different controllers by assigning logical configurations of drives LDs LVs to different RAID controllers User configurable Supported Channel modes configurable SCSI channel mode or Fibre as HOST or DRIVE on specific mo
268. prompted by the Partition Logical Volume message choose Yes to confirm then press ENTER Follow the same procedure to partition the remaining capacity of your logical volume E H When a partition of a logical drive logical volume is d eleted the capacity of the deleted partition will be add ed to the previous partition Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 23 6 6 Mapping an Array to Host LUNs Q Step 1 Select View and Edit Host luns in the Main Menu then press ENTER cache Status clean palabra e e JEN ER i omen T T EE soon ao view and view and 2 up 3 E i Geni ole 3L o Wey SYST view and Ee 3458 5868 1966B129 so Con TOFhBOBRBCIFIRZ EZB SFBEDAD476574C51 70000 zA ERE ae ae da Kays Move Cursor Enter 3e lect Esc EXIt IMPORTANT Note the following details before proceeding f Slot A or Slot B IDs If using firmware before rev 3 48 logic al group of drives logical drive logical volume previously assigned to the Slot A controller cannot be re assigned to aSlot B controller Neither can those assigned to the Slot B controller be mapped to a Slot A controller ID Your subsystem comes with Slot A IDs only You need to manually create Slot B IDs in a dual controller configuration Please enter View and Edit Channels menu to create or remove a host ID CAUTION Firmware revisions 3 48 and later also support the cross controller D mapp
269. r Mapping sese 8 8 Drive side Parameters uude ccu cop nee Ra cx beo dea pude Yu Fere Ln ossa EsnE 8 10 8 2 1 Disk Access Delay TIMG ccccccccccsssssssssseesseseeececccsnnnnaaaeedsssssesessesnnanes 8 10 8 23 DAVE W O TINEO E 8 11 8 2 4 Maximum Tag Count Tag Command Queuing TCQ and Native Command Queuing NCQ Support eese 8 12 8 2 5 Drive Delayed Write eese eene 8 13 Chapter 9 Enclosure Management 9 1 9 2 9 3 Enclosure Device Statuses Peripheral Device Status 9 1 BAID Enclosure Devis reran ver at Pav VERE RV eld Dd PR RASEE YEA T FREE dd Pau 9 1 Devices within the Expansion Enclosure sese 9 3 Verifying Disk Drive Failure in a Multi enclosure Application 9 4 Enclosure Management Options c ccce cceseeeeeeeeeeeneA 9 6 9 2 1 EhncloSUre Dov OS aueicio DR o TR EV THER ERE Dr Vx Va pr VAR UL 9 6 o2 IT Event Drescred ODOLatODSos oes dt edi dte at anes Gin opm ots 9 6 Operation TNO ax dete Doro oot dite eae usted 9 7 TFC OC ANON RET 9 7 PRCT GO Cl ED 9 7 9 2 2 Auto Shutdown on Elevated Temperature ccsscccsccccccccccceseeseseeeeeensees 9 8 9 2 3 Voltage and Temperature Self monitoring 9 10 9 2 3 1 Changing Monitoring Thresholds eeeesseenn 9 10 UPS SUD DOM Gem LR 9 12 Chapt
270. r loss Disabled Power supply failure Disabled Fan failure Disabled Temperature exceeds threshold Disabled Host side Parameters Maximum Queued IO Count 1024 for ASIC400 models LUNs per host ID Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connections Number of Tags Reserved for Each Host LUN Connection Peripheral Device Parameters for in band management access only Peripheral device type Enclosure Service Device 0xD Peripheral device qualifier Connected Device support removable media Disabled LUN applicability All undefined LUNs Cylinder Head Sector variables N A Drive side Parameters Disk Access Delay Time Per product interface will be a larger values in multi enclosure applications Drive Delayed Write Enabled single controller w o BBU Disabled dual controller w BBU Drive Spindown Idle Delay Disabled Voltage amp Temperature Parameters Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 41 Board temperature RAID controller board The thresholds for other sensors within the chassis are not user configurable It is user s responsibility to maintain a reasonable ambient temperature e g lower than 35 C at the installation site Disk Array Parameters Verification on Write Verification on LD Initialization Disabled Verification on LD Rebuild Disabled Verification on Normal Drive Writes Disabled Max Drive Response Timeout Disabled AV Optimization Disabled 4 42 RAID Inc Chapter 2 Crea
271. r to select View and Edit Peripheral Devices on the Main Menu and press ENTER Step 2 Choose Set Peripheral Device Entry press ENTER then select Event Trigger Operations by pressing ENTER The event trigger menu displays Step 3 Select any of the monitoring elements by moving the cursor bar and pressing ENTER to enable or disable the association with related system events Enable UPS AC Power Loss Event Trigger Operation WES EN NOTE The last condition the Temperature Threshold is associated with a configurable time buffer before an automatic shutdown Please refer to the next section for details RAID Inc Operation Theory The Operation To reduce the chance of data loss due to hardware failure the controller subsystem automatically commences the following actions when a component failure is detected 1 Switches its caching mode from write back to the conservative write through 2 Flushes all cached data 3 Raises the rotation speed of cooling fans The Trigger The mode switching and cache flush operations can be triggered by the occurrences of the following conditions 1 Controller failure Dual controller Models If a controller fails in a dual redundant controller configuration the surviving controller no longer has the protection of synchronized cache by having the replica of unfinished writes in its partner 2 BBU low or failed lf a battery
272. r will indicate the percentage of progress Step 6 Upon completion there will appear a confirming notification The capacity of the added drive will appear as an unused partition dd i nmg Wotificat ion The added capacity will be automatically included meaning that you do not have to expand logical drive later Map the added capacity to another host ID LUN to make use of it As diagrammed above in View and Edit Host LUN the original capacity is 9999MB its host LUN mapping remains unchanged and the added capacity appears as the second partition iD IMPORTANT j Expansion by adding drives can not be canceled once started If power failure occurs the expansion will be paused and the controller will NOT restart the expansion when power comes back on Resumption of the RAID expansion must be performed manually RAID Inc j If a member drive of the logical drive fails during RAID expansion the expansion will be paused The expansion will resume after the logical drive rebuild is completed 11 4 Mode 2 Expansion Copy and Replace Drives with Drives of Larger Capacity You may also expand your logical drives by copying and replacing all member drives with drives of higher capacity Please refer to the diagram below for a better understanding The existing data in the array is copied onto the new drives and then the original members can be removed When al
273. rameters gt Drive side Parameters Auto Assign Global Spare Drive 4 22 RAID Inc z Main Menu gt Quick inztallatian Disk Access Delay Time 25 seconds Drive I 0 Timeout 7 seconds Maximum Tag Count 4 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap 15 seconds Drive Predic ilure Ma de 5MART Detect and Perpetual cl ne Spare Brive pisab Grive Delayed Write Disabled Drive Spindown Idle Delay Disable SK Array rFarameters Controller Parameters Ctr i L R Tresh Screen Enclosure Spare In addition to the traditional Local and Global hot spares another hot spare type is added in firmware release 3 48 Global hot spare may cause a problem as diagrammed below in a storage application consisting of multiple enclosures 2 enclosures The Global spare becomes a member of LD X 1 Global Spare in the Primary enclosure 1 drive fails in the Secondary enclosure Global Spare d uU a m o o in 2 c m n n m m e e o c Jg gu c c T T Figure 4 2 Fault Condition Global Spare and Cross enclosure Rebuild Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 23 4 24 A Global spare participates in the rebuild of any failed drive When a Global spare participates in the rebuild of a logical drive in another enclosure it will become the member of that logical drive Although the logical drive can work properly however spanni ng a logical configuration
274. requested timeout again This helps to avoid unauthorized operation when user is away SSL enabled Agents communicate to the controller through StorageWatch limited set of authorization options RAID Inc A 9 Environment Management SAF TE S E S support Dynamic on lining of enclosure services SAF TE S E S polling period ISEMS RAID Inc Simple Enclosure Management Service Multiple SAF TE S E S modules on the same channel Multiple SAF TE S E S modules on different channels Mapping SAF TE S E S device to host channel for use with host based SAF TE S E S monitoring Event Triggered Operation Dual speed cooling fan control Dual LED drive status indicators SAF TE S E S temperature value display Supported The SAF TE S E S modules can be connected to the drive channels The RAID controller will detect errors from SAF TE S E S devices or notify drive failures via SAF TE S E S e Both SAF TE S E S via drive and device self interfaced methods are supported e Redundant SAF TE S E S devices are supported e Multiple S E S devices are supported Once an expansion unit JBOD with supported monitoring interface is combined with a RAID system its status will be automatically polled User configurable 5Oms 100ms 200ms 500ms 1 60sec Supported via an I2C serial bus Supported Supported Supported When any of the following happens the firmware disables
275. reshold configured by user What to D o You may need to examine SC capacity threshold settings purge policy and configure the appropriate threshold value for your system The reated purge operation will be triggered by user s configuration and the old snapshot images will be purged to free more Snapshot Container space User can setup multiple thresholds with different alerting levels that trigger event notification For example when snapshot 60 of container space is used system will send a notification level event Then system will send a warning level event and purge the old snapshot images when space usage reaches 8096 C 5 2 Warning M essage Snapshot WARNING SC ID 3BB6514353CF3B85 Creation Failed WhatHappened Creation of a Snapshot Container failed It could result from system internal error or hardware fatal failures What to D o Choose or recreate another valid Logical Drive and execute the snapshot container creation command again M essage Snapshot WARNING SS1D 30A 55D 31700F2A A B Creation Failed WhatHappened Creation of a Snapshot Set failed It could result from insufficient disk space system internal errors or hardware fatal failures If the original source volume has been mapped to host user should to un map the source volume before configuring the snapshot function What to D o Check disk space usage in the existing snapshot containers and purge the old snapshot images to free more space We Event Messa
276. rites iD IMPORTANT f Every time you change the Caching Parameters you must reset the controller for the changes to take effect RAID Inc 4 2 Preparing Channels and Channel IDs 4 2 1 Channel Mode Settings Subsystems Ihe Falcon subsystems come with preset data paths and there is no need to modify channel mode configurations 1 For different channel assignments please refer to the Hardware manual that came with your subsystem Technical terms like Slot A Slot B RCC Redundant Cont roller Communications and DRVRCC will only appear in a dual controller configuration 3 The latest RAID Inc ASIC400 Falcon models come with dedicated RCC Redundant Controller Communications chipsets that provide communication paths strung between partner RAID controllers The Drive RCC and RCC options will not appear on the list of available channel m odes You can still find these RCC channels on the channel list only that there are no configurable options with these dedicated RCC paths a JET 4 0 GHZ EHE LE view Ai 1 Formation aw deviee port name list We 1 37 0 GHz SATA 3 bests Corie NTC RN EE Lew mee sm 3 0 aa m Arrgw Rows Mowe Cursor Enter S lect V7 NOTE In addition to the 1U FF series controller head most Falcon RAID su bsystems have preset host or drive channels interfaced through a bac
277. rive Maximum Drive Capacity in each member drive r MaxSiz 239367MB t Step 8 1 2 If necessary use the out to 239367MB Q Step 8 1 1 Choose Maximum Drive Capacity then en 77 ENT The maximum drive Capacity capacity refers to the maximum capacity that will be used upand down arrow keys to change the maximum sizethat will be used on each drive RAID Inc 5 3 5 Spare Drive Assignments The Local Dedicated Spare Drive can also be assigned here Step 8 2 1 Press the up or down eo keys to choose Spare Drive Spare Assignments A Drive Assignments then press ENT Q Step 8 2 2 Available disk drives Slot 239367MB will be listed Use the up New pry SEAGATE ordown arrow keys to browse through the drive list then press ENT toselect the driva Slot 239367MB LG 0 SL SEAGATE you wishto use as the Local Dedicated Spare Drive Q Step 8 2 3 Press ENT again for two seconds 5 3 6 Disk Reserved Space Disk Rev Space 256MB This menu allows you to see the size of disk reserved space Default is 256MB The reserved space is used for storing array configuration and_ other non volatile information 5 3 7 Logical Drive Assignment Dual Active Controllers If your subsystem is powered by dual redundant RAID controllers you may choose to assign a logical drive to a specific RAID controller The assignment can take place during or after the initial configuration N Cr
278. rive NOTICE Starting Add Drive Operation What Add drive expansion process started H appened What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Migrate Operation What Logical Drive Migrate process started H appened What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive Operation Paused What The add drive expansion process is halted by H appened 1 Logical drive expansion is canceled by a user 2 One of the member drives failed during logical drive expansion 3 Media errors are found on one or more of the logical drive members 4 System faults have occurred What to Do Carefully identify and replace the faulty drive and correct system faults The add drive expansion should continue once the faults are corrected M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Migrate Operation Paused What The migration process is halted by H appened 1 Logical drive migration is canceled by a user 2 One of the member drives failed during logical drive migration 3 Media errors are found on one or more of the logical drive members 4 System faults have occurred What to Do Carefully identify and replace the faulty drive and correct system faults The migration should continue once the faults are corrected M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Driveto Logical Drive Completed What The add drive expansion process is completed H appened What to Do Press ESC to
279. roller BBU Fully Charged WhatHappened A BBU isfully charged Whatto Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to dear the message M essage Notify Controller BBU Lifetime Exceeded Replacement Recommended What H appened The battery cell pack has reached its life expectancy Event Messages C 35 What to Do Contact your local dealer for a replacement module M essage Controller NOTICE Redundant Controller Firmware Updated What Happened Firmware updated on a redundant controller RAID subsystem Resetting the subsystem may be required for the new firmware to take effect What to D o Updating firmware on a complex system configuration is recommended for experienced engineers only Unless for bug fixing updating firmware is not always necessary M essage NOTICE Force Controller Shutdown Start WhatHappened System start to shutdown triggered by user or other configured event action What to Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to dear the message C 36 RAID Inc M essage NOTICE Force Controller Shutdown Complete What Happened System shutdown complete triggered by use or other configured event action Whatto Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to dear the message C 5 Data Service Events C 5 1 Critical M essage Snapshot ALERT SC ID 3BB6514353CF3B85 Space Thresh Exceeded 80 What Happened Snapshot took up disk space in a Snapshot Container that exceeds the critical capacity th
280. rollers i e mapping to IDs owned by two controllers A CAUTION Firmware revisions 3 48 and later support the cross controller ID mapping The cross controller mapping allows you to associate a logical drive with BOTH controller A and controller B IDs However mapping to both controllers IDs is only beneficial when it is difficult making the fault tolerant links between RAID controllers and host HBAs e g using SAS to SAS RAID systems Currently there is no external SAS switch available on the market For Fibre host systems fault tolerant links can easily be made with the help of external bypass such as Fibre Channel switches For details of fault tolerant link connections please refer to your system Hardware Manual One benefit of the cross controller access is that when a host link fails I Os can travel through the counterpart controller the RCC links and then back to the RAID controller originally managing the array The I O load will still be managed by two controllers in the event of host link failure 14 2 RAID Inc Qu a X 3 a ih A n r T r a F a P g RCC Link v s A mat HS T Cotrulier h nz fey ine G im oo I eso E LIE oe lii Logical Drive Figure 14 1 Routing Access when a Host Link Fails 3 If your subsystem comes with an LCD the upper right corner of LCD will display a P or S meaning Primary or Secondary respectively You may press the arrow k
281. rrent name displays Press ENTER Enter a name in the dialog box that prompts then press ENTER Optimization amp Preparation Tasks 4 37 4 38 4 8 2 4 8 3 LCD Title Display Controller Name LCD Keypad t Step 1 Choose View and Edit LCD Title Disp Controller Logo Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENT t Step2 Use the up or dow arrow keys to choose t LCD Title Disp Controller Name display the embeddec controller logo orany given name on the LCD initial screen Terminal Main Man gt quick 3msrallarinn vies and edit Logical drives wien and edit logical volumes vies and edit Host lurs Wien and edit rives vla Lomtraller Hane Kot set yi at Pt CENTA RF eee Password Validation Timeout Always Check controller Unique Identifier hex TELI SRAN ECC Enabled Set Controller pate and Time cJ ee CTE Pi FT Par tee Cer E LEC Title Cisplay Controller Hama Choose View and Edit Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENTER Choose to display the embedded controller model name or any given name on the LCD Giving aspecific name to each controller will make them easier to identify if you have multiple RAID systems that are monitored from a remote station Password Validation Timeout Pp TIPS The Always Check timeout will disable any attempt to make configurat
282. ry controller Firmware releases rev 3 48 or later A logical drive can be assigned to both the Slot A and Slot B controllers Since the M aster Secondary role can change during a controller failover RAID controllers are identified as Slot A and Slot B controllers in firmware rev 3 48 Slot A refers to the upper controller slot which isthe default location for the dominating or master controller Slot B refers to the lower controller slot 6 3 3 5 Write Policy Maximum Brive Lapatity 34747 MB Assign Spare Drives Logical Drive ASS1gnments Disk Reserved Space 256 ME Lim A Palicy JE TRECE te Back Initialize Mode On Line Stripe A E Fa aai due Fee Barra i Change write Policy 7 DeT a it write Back write Throuagh RAID Inc a Eu Q Step6 5 This sub menu allows you to select the caching mode for this specific logical drive Default is aneutral value that is coordinated with the subsystem s general caching mode setting bracketed in the Write Policy s tatus IMPORTANT The Write back and Write through parameters are permanent for specific logical drives The Default selecti on however is more complicated and more likely equal to not specified If set to Default a logical drive s write policy is determ ined not only by the system s general caching mode setting but also by the Event trigger mechanisms The Event Trigge r mechanisms automa
283. s If the drive carrying media errors does fail afterwards data blocks cached in memory will be dumped and the rebuild begins RAID Inc Data Integrity Med Sep 7 16 33 23 2005 Cache Status RO 42 A2 12 BAT NONE lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives l and edit channelS Rebuild Priority Normal Verification on Writes ea la Moge TERMS l n Configuration Parameters gt Disk Array Parameters gt Max Drive Response Timeout Other Concerns To prepare the array for read intensive applications the following are recommended 1 Default timeout as 160ms 2 Arrays should not be partitioned 3 The priorities for Rebuild or Media Scan operations should be set to low 4 Another timeout value the Drive I O Timeout which determines whether a drive has eventually failed to respond to I O requests is required as the first level timeout 10 17 This page is intentionally left blank 10 18 RAID Inc Chapter ll 11 1 11 2 Array Expansion Array Expansion The array expansion functions allow you to expand storage capacity without the cost of buying new equipment Expansion can be completed on line while the system is serving host I Os Overview What is RAID Expansion and how does it work Before the invention of RAID Expansion increasing the capac
284. s RAID Level Stripe Size RAIDO 128KB 128KB Press ESC to continue when all the preferences have been set NOTE The Stripe size here refers to the Inner Stripe Size specifying the c hunk size allocated on each individual data disk for parallel access instead of the Outer Stripe Size that is the sum of chunks on all data drives Raid Level RAID B online Drives E Maximum Drive Capacity 239112 HB Disk Reserved Space 256 MB Spare Drives E L Logical Drive Assignment Primary Controller write Policy Default wurite Back Initialize Mode On Line Stripe size Default 128K Bytes Create Logical Drive No Q Step 7 A confirmation box will appear on the screen Verify all information in the box before choosing Yes to confirm and proceed Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 13 LG 8 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation t Step 8 If the online initialization mode is applied the logical drive will first be created and the controller will initialize the array in the background or when the array is less stressed by I Os t Step 9 The completion of array creation is indicated by the message prompt above A controller event will prompt to indicate t hat the logical drive initialization has begun Press ESCto cancel the Notification prompt and a progress indicator will display on the screen as a percentage bar t Step 11 While the array init
285. s 3 48 and later also support the cross controller I D mapping The cross controller mapping allows you to associate a_ logical drive with BOTH controller A and controller B IDs However mapping to both controllers IDs is only beneficial when it is difficult making the fault tolerant host links between RAID controllers and host HBAs e g using SAS to SAS RAID systems Currently there is no external SAS switch available on the market For Fibre host systems fault tolerant links can easily be ma de with the help of external bypass such as Fibre Channel switches For details of fault tolerant link connections please refer to your system Hardware Manual Q Step 2 The first available ID on the first host channel appears usually channel0 Q Step3 Press the up or down arrow keys to select a configured host ID and then press ENT for two seconds to confir m 7 Step4 Press the up or down arrow keys to select the type oflogical configuration to be associated with a host ID LUN Available choices are Map to Logical Drive or Map to Logical Vol JJ ume Q Step 5 Confirm your choice by pressing ENT for two seconds 7 Step6 Press the up or down arrow keys to select aLUN number then press ENT to proceed 7 Step 7 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm the selected LUN mapping Q Step8 Press the up or down arrow keys to select a logical drive a 5 16 n Q Step 9 Press ENT for twoseconds
286. s a manual function There are two options for cloning a failing drive Replace after Clone and Perpetual Clone S M A R T Configuration 12 1 12 2 1 Replace after Clone Data on the source drive the drive with predicted errors or any selected member drive will be cloned to a standby spare and replaced later by the spare The status of the replaced drive the original member drive with predicted errors will be redefined as a used drive System administrators may replace the used drive with a new one and then configure the new drive as a Spare drive Step 1 Locate the logical drive to which the drive with predictable errors belongs Select the Clone Failing Drive function Step 2 Select Replace After Clone The controller will automatically start the cloning process using the existing stand by dedicated global spare drive to clone the source drive the target member drive with predicted errors If there is no standby drive local global spare drive you need to add a new drive and configure it as a standby drive on iin ZH Fn o p FI S SET Cho het Readies Giram iB 17 il1 175 i2 17x i4 l12X 1 i while 1 1 HAT 4444 SisetMHB Speed fhatus Mendes amd Feuduct ID poe mmeezeme ip wenrmemer vease pom mwezpmeme zip weumemer zrase opo mwez eeme zip on LINE Manton zrase SS Seas RERDYEEU 1 J OH LIHT hMaxtor Fics BAB J J OH LIHI
287. s the following FW30Dxyz Firmware Binary where xyz refers to the firmware version B30Buvw Boot Record Binary where uvw refers to the boot record version README TXT Read this file first before upgrading the firmware boot record It contains the most up to date information which is very important to the firmware upgrade and usage These files must be extracted from the compressed file and copied to a directory in boot drive B 1 1 Background RS 232C Firmware Download Single Controller Host I Os will not be interrupted during the download process After the download process is completed user should find a chance to reset the controller for the new firmware to take effect System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 1 B 1 2 Note for Redundant Controller Firmware Upgrade A controller used to replace a failed unit in a dual controller system is often running a newer release of firmware version Tosolve the contention make sure the firmware on a replacement controller is downgraded to that running on the surviving controller V IMPORTANT Allow the downloading process to finish Do not reset or turn off the computer or the controller while it is downloading thefile Doing so may result in an unrecoverable error that requires the service of the manufacturer When upgrading the firmware check the boot record ve rsion that comes with it If the boot record version is different fr om the one install
288. sed from a logical drive Drive status wil be indicated as a formatted drive COPYING The drive is copying data from a member drive it is about to replace CLONE The drive is a clone drive holding the replica of data from a source drive CLONING The drive is cloning data from a source drive Channel Status Host Channel Channel Channel No of Available Number Mode Host IDs lt d CO Host ID SXF 4GHzZ Default Bus Data Rate Figure 2 6 Host Channel Status Screen RAID Inc LCD Screen Messages Drive Channel Single Controller Configuration Channel Channel Number Mode Interface 4 Type CHA Drive SAS SXF AUTO Default Bus Data Rate Figure 2 7 Drive Channel Status Screen Channel M ode Host Host channel mode Drive Drive channel mode RCC Dedicated inter controller communication channel Default Channel Bus Sync Clock AUTO The default setting is set to the auto negotiate mode 1GHz 15GHz Manually configured channel speed 2GHz 3GHz 4GHz 2 8 Available Host ID s Multiple IDs on the channel Host channel mode only ID number IDs are defined as AIDs Slot A controller IDs or BIDs Slot Bcontroller IDs Slot A is the defaultlocation for the Primary RAID controller Host Channel AIDs or BIDs facilitate the distribution of system workload between RAID controllers that reside in enclosure Slot A and Slot B A n AID and a BID can be associated with the same RAID volume
289. ser 2 TheLD containsthe source driveis fatal failed during the cloning process 3 The source drive used for cloning has failed during the cloning process 4 Thetarget drive used for doning has failed during the cloning process W hat to Do If the Logical Disk has fatally failed then the doning operation stops If the source drive fails then system firmware will proceed with the following 1 If asparedrive is available then LD will stop cloning and begins a rebuild using the available spare drive 2 f no spare drive is available then LD will stop cloning and start rebuild using the target drive the target drive was originally a spare drive If the target drive fails then cloning will stop Carefully identify C 10 RAID Inc and repl ace the faulty drive Then restart the cloni ng operati on M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table FULL What There are too many damaged sectors and firmware used up the H appened available bad block table entries Bad blocks have been discovered and marked by write operations including host write commands disk clone Add Drive etc What to Do The target disk drive may have become physically unreliable The data in the target LD could have been corrupted please restore the data from backup Contact system vendor for help M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table BAD What System failed to generate a bad block table Logical drive
290. ser applications RAID Inc s subsystems support Tag Command Queuing with an adjustable maximum tag count from 1 to 128 The default setting is Enabled with a maximum tag count of 32 SCSI 8 for Fibre drives or 4 default for SAS SATA drives Choose Maximum Tag Count then press ENTER A list of available tag count numbers displays Move the cursor bar to a number then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting IMPORTANT j Every time you change this setting you must reset the controller subsystem for the changes to take effect j Disabling Tag Command Queuing will disable the hard drives built in buffer wh NOTE The following options are categorized as related to array maintenance and data integrity e Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap e Auto Assign Global Spare Drive Another option is associated with disk drive S M A R T support and details can be found in Chapter 12 RAID Inc 8 12 e Drive Predictable Failure Mode SMART 8 2 Drive Delayed Write c fain Menu 4 Drive Mator Spin Up Disabled Disk Access Delay Time 60 seconds Drive I O Timeout 30 seconds Maximum Tag Count 4 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap 15 seconds Drive Predictable Failure Made sSMART Disabled Auto Assign Global Spare Drive Disabled Drive Delayed Write Disabled Drive Spindown Idle Delay Disable Drive side Parameters Disk Array Parameters Controller
291. servative caching mode the write through mode When the serial port connection is lost or when the UPS is disconnected an event is issued to notify system managers that the external UPS is absent RAID Inc 3 When the UPS battery charge or mains power is restored to a safe functioning level the subsystem automatically restores the original write policy Enclosure Management 9 13 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Chapter 10 Data Integrity Data Integrity This chapter discusses various firmware mechanisms that help to ensure data integrity No system is completely safe from hardware faults For example although the chance of occurrence is considerably low the occurrences of bad blocks on two RAID 5 or three RAID 6 hard drives can fail a whole data set When properly configured the functions below help to minimize the chance of data loss 1 o Bow NN Event Triggered Operations please refer to the previous chapter Failed Drive Detection Scheduled Maintenance Regenerate Logical Drive Parity Rebuild Priority Verification on Writes Some of the configuration options may not be available to all sub revisions of firmware All figures in this chapter are showing examples of a management console over an RS 232 or telnet connection 10 1 10 1 Failed Drive Detection 10 1 1 Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap Check Time The Auto Rebuild on Drive Swap check time is the interval
292. sorting prior to cache flush operation Caching Optimization e Gathering of writes during flush operation to minimize the number of I Os required for parity update e Elevator sorting and gathering of drive I Os Multiple concurrent drive I Os tagged commands e Intelligent predictive multi threaded read aheads Multiple concurrent host I O threads host command queuing RAID Inc A 4 RAID Expansion On line RAID expansion Supported Capacity brought by array expansion is immediately ready for Host I Os when its status changes from EXPAND to INITIALIZING Initialization task is then completed in the background except when the logical array is stated as INCOMPLETE or BAD e g has a failed member right after creation Mode 1 RAID expansion Supported Multiple drives can be added add drive concurrently Though not recommended Add Drive can even be performed in the degraded mode Mode 2 RAID expansion Supported Replace members with drives of copy and replace drives larger capacity Expand capacity with no Supported in Mode 2 RAID expansion extra drive bays required which provides Copy and Replace Drive function to replace drives with drives of greater capacity Protect your investment for there is NO need for hardware upgrade e g adding a new enclosure for the extra drives Operating system support No No operating system driver required for RAID expansion No software needs to be inst
293. ssful displayed on the screen t Step 5 Press ESC and the drive status displays as shown on Slot 0 239112MB the right ENCLOS Maxtor 5 8 Deleting Existing RAID Arrays 5 8 1 Deleting a Logical Drive WARNING Deleting a logical drive erases all data stored in it Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds View and Rit toenter the Main MenulL99ical Drives x Press the up or down arrow key s to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT gt LGO RAID5 DRV 3 4 Step2 Press the up or down 2012MB GD SB 1 arrow keys to select a logical drive then press ENT gt Delete Logical t Step 3 Use the up or down prive arrow keys to select Delete Logical Drive then press ENT t Step 4 Press ENT for two seconds to LG 0 confirm Not Defined 5 20 RAID Inc 5 8 2 Deleting a Partition of a Logical Drive WARNING Whenever there is a partition change data will be erased Prior rtition change you have to remove its associate ost mappings After the partition change you also need to re arrange the disk volumes from your host system OS Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds view and Edit toenter the Main Menu Logical Drives x Press the up or down arrow key s to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press EN T ej LGO RAID5 DRV 3 I Step2 Press the up or dow 2012MB GD SB 1 arrow keys to select a logical drive then press ENT E gt Partition tf Step3 Press the up or
294. sss 5 21 5 9 Naming a Logical DIV rec wicscic sia eerie ucc re eue Ua oe tota ene e ces eee on oo oo arare ERR ee Exe ee cune 5 22 5 10 Deleting HOSELUN Sieisen dez et cerea aer e cde oes 5 23 5 11 Deleting Spare Drive i i rione oce cec epa noni in 62a aa de Ses ees see 5 23 Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Enclosure Spare Drive 5 23 5 12 Restore Firmware Defaullt ccccccsssssssssssssseeeeeesesseeeeennsssseseeeeeeeeseeononenseees 5 24 Chapter 6 Creating RAID Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Using vi Terminal Access 61T ntal SCREEN cundo node tud cusa Cure Lius tease ree aV Dou oue uide 6 1 6 2 Individual DISK Mns eee nica ict eter 6 2 O2 Dive Read Wile TOS des cocotte datnr nid pt o bl vend eu ERE 6 3 6 3 Creating a Logical Drive eee oie coercere ac oec ie erii oe ooo icc 6 5 6 3 1 Choosing a RAID Level rrt m ERE nes enne 6 5 6 3 2 Choosing Member Drives sess 6 6 6 3 3 Logical Drive PICICICNCCS m 6 6 6 3 3 1 Maximum Drive Capacity ccccccccssssssscccceeeeeeesecccceeeesssssssessesaasaeeaeeeeeeees 6 6 6 3 9 LASSIE Opare DFIVE Siidra a E etse tei ea da 6 7 65 3 9 Disk Reserved SAC erano aaea E eee N ENER 6 7 6 3 3 4 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Active Controllers 6 8 6 0 919 WY AE ONG Yo tet ipea edad ie ins cae ene acelin inne e dots 6 8 6 5 2 0 Initial ZatiOn Modessa a ao ace a 6 9 5 9 es meg b ote EZ Dueh ordini tutu
295. st side Parameters The controller supports the following Host side configurations Maximum Queued I O Count LUNs per Host ID Num of Host LUN Connect Tag per Host LUN Connect Peripheral Dev Type Parameters HOO Cyl Head Sector Mapping Config Host side and Drive side Parameters 8 4 8 2 8 1 1 Maximum Concurrent Host LUN Connection Nexus in SCSI This configuration option adjusts the internal resources for use with a number of concurrent host nexus If there are four host computers A B C and D accessing the array through four host ID LUN combinations ID 0 1 2 and 3 host A through ID O one nexus host B through ID 1 one nexus host C through ID 2 one nexus and host D through ID 3 one nexus all queued in the cache that is called 4 nexus If there are I Os in the cache through four different nexus and another host I O comes down with a nexus different than the four in the cache memory for example host A accesses ID 3 the controller will return busy Note that it is concurrent nexus if the cache is cleared up it will accept four different nexus again Many I Os can be accessed via the same nexus ay 14 O1 51 17 2008 cache Status Clean Maximum Queued I O Count 1024 LUNS D ID 2 Per jenni Device Type Parameters Cylinder variable Head Variable E Sector Vari Login Authentication with CHAP Disab Jumbo Frames Disable Host side Parameters Dr1ve s1de Paramet
296. start to download the firmware to RAID controller Shutdown the application server s or stop the application s which are accessing the RAID then reset the RAID subsystem controller in order to use the new downloaded firmware With firmware release 3 21 and above host I Os will not be interrupted by the download process Users may find a chance to stop host I Os and reset the controller for new firmware to take effect B 2 3 Upgrade the Firmware Binary Only Figure B 2 Upgrading Firmware Binaries Using StorageWatch Program 1 Connect to the RAID system locally or from a remote computer using StorageWatch Manager While connected to the RAID system there will be icon s with IP address specified on the left of the menu screen Select by double clicking the icon of the RAID subsystem which firmware is to be upgraded Select the Configuration Parameters icon and then select the System tab Single click th e Download FW check circle Click the Apply button to proceed A message prompt should display Click Yes and then a file location prompt will appear 2 Provide the firmware filename to the StorageWatc h Manager It will start to download the firmware to RAID contr oller 3 Shutdown the application server s or application s which are accessing the RAID then reset the controller in order to use the new downloaded firmware B 4 B 3 Upgrading Firmware Using RS 232C Terminal Emulation
297. t Cloning process started on one of the members of Logical Drive O H appened Whatto Do Press ESC to dear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Copy and Replace Completed What Copy and replace is completed with a specific member of Logical H appened Drive 0 The original member drive is replaced by another disk drive What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Clone Completed What Cloning is completed with a specific member of Logical Drive 0 H appened whether it is reolaced Copy and Replace or cloned Perpetual Clone to a spare drive Event Messages C 17 What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTIFY Bad Data Block Recovered 000000084 What Host writes fall onto the data blocks previously marked bad and H appened overwrite the drive sectors What to Do Press ESC to clear the message C 2 Channel and Individual Drive Events C 2 1 Critical M essage CHL 01D 132 ALERT Media Error Unrecoverable OxD8001C 7C What Happened Drive surface media errors found and after rewrites the drive sectors are determined as physically damaged and unusable What to Do Data will be reassigned to other drive sectors Host writes should continue without problems M essage CHL 0 Fatal Error 0 What Happened Channel O has fatally failed What to Do Contact your system vendor for hel p C 2 2 Warning M essage CHL ID Targe
298. t WARN Unexpected Select Timeout What Happened Drive target select timeout The specified hard drive cannot be selected by the RAID controller subsystem Whether the drive has been removed or the cabling termination canister is out of order What to Do This could occur if a disk drive is not properly installed or accidentally removed or when cable links backplane traces connection become unreliable Check cabling and drive installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel WARN Unexpected Select Timeout WhatHappened Drive Channel target select timeout The specified drive channel cannot be selected by the RAID controller subsystem Faults might have occurred with the cabling termination internal data apts What to Do Check cabling and drive installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel WARN Gross Phase Signal Error Detected What Happened Phase signal abnormality detected on the specific RCC channel What to Do Rare occurrence of phase signal error could be recovered by firmware retry Contact your RAID system supplier C 18 RAID Inc M essage CHL 1D 0 Target WARN Gross Phase Signal Error Detected What Happened Phase signal abnormality detected with a specific target disk drive What to Do Check proper installation of disk drives and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel WARN Gross Phase Signal Error Detecte
299. t of spare drives 14 24 RAID Inc RAIDS i 160GR Partition 1 20GE s a a ns LD1 Partition 2 100GB O uu I Figure 14 4 Partitioning of Logical Units 11 Each logical unit can be associated mapped with one or more host IDs pre configured as a Controller A or a Controller B ID or the LUN numbers under these host IDs 14 6 3 Host LUN Mapping Redundant Controller Design Concerns 1 When it comes to building a reliable storage solution redundancy is a virtue We assume that an environment running mission critical applications should consist of redundant RAID controllers and multi pathing software that manage fault tolerant data paths Carefully configure your RAID arrays and select the appropriate settings such as stripe size and write policy Reconfiguration takes time and may require you to move or back up your data Create at least two logical drives LDO and LD1 and associate map them equally with Controller A IDs AID and Controller B IDs BID Doing so you get the maximum work power from both of the RAID controllers Logical RAID units are manually associated with Controller A or B IDs that reside on the host channels Disable some configuration options for they might cause data inconsistency if module failures should occur For example disabling the use of buffers on individual disk drives may let you lose some performance yet it is relatively safer for the drive buffers ma
300. ta blocks and hence reduce the efficiency brought by parallel executions Diagrammed below are conditions featuring host I Os in 512KB transfer size and a RAID3 array using 128KB and 32KB stripe sizes The first condition shows a perfect fit where each host I O is efficiently satisfied by writing to 4 disks simultaneously 512KB host Os 512 128KB stripe size 4 6 10 Data Drives RAID3 Array Figure 6 1 512KB Transfer Size and 128KB Stripe Size RAID Inc As the contrast an inadequately small 32KB stripe size will force the hard disks to write four times and controller firmware to generate 4 parity blo cks sns esos B 512 32KB stripe size 16 data blocks i nent Parity Drive Data Drives Figure 6 2 512KB Transfer Size and 32KB Stripe Size Another example is if the I O size is 256k data blocks will be written to two of the member drivesof a 4 drive array while the RAID firmware willread the remaining member s in order to generate the parity data For simplicity reasons we use RAID3 in the samples below P 296K RAID controller parity needs to be read into memory X in order to generate parity 128k 3128k 966 69 A B C P Figure 6 3 256k I O size amp an Array with a 128k Stripe Size Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 11 In an ideal situation a 384k I O size allows data to be written to 3member drives and parity data to e si
301. ta from their routine backup M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Cache Data Purged What There can be two causes for a RAID system to purge its cached H appened data that belongs to a specific LD l A fatal failure occurred on a specific LD the related cached data will be purged 2 Cached data is missing when system powers up and finds the battery is invalid to support the correct data in cache System will check the cached data and issue an alert event by each LD if the cacheis corrupt What to D o If this event occurs it means the cached data for this LD could have been corrupted or invalid The LD will be put into an off line state Users have to manually restart this LD and check the integrity of data before proceeding with any update operation It is recommended to restore data from your routine backu p M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Fatal Fail Invalid Array Incomplete array W hat Fatal failure or incomplete array means that the LD has lost the H appened protection by RAID configuration If system cannot find some member disks for a specific LD at boot time the LD will be considered as incomplete If some member disks of a specific LD fail during operation the LD will be considered as fatally failed The possible causes include l ForRAID 5 two member disks havefailed or are missing 2 For RAID 6 three member disks have failed or are missing 3 ForRAID 1 two member disks have failed or are missing C 1
302. tatus will become failed Spare drive missing The vendor and product model information of the disk drive 3 9 JBOD For disk drives in the expansion enclosures the numbershown in the JBOD column indicates which enclosure the disk drives come from The JBOD ID is configured via DIP switches or a rotary ID switch on the enclosure s chassis e ar 72275 Emm Ecce LINE HITACHI HD27z280 0PLA320 300KE ojus HITACHI HD5728050PLA380 Lm 3 0HE i ow LiN amp HITACHI HD3728080PLAJBO 78273 HITACHI HDST28080PFLA380 RAID Inc 3 7 Channel Status iSCSI to SATA TT ET en _ rose ora se erste etaa en ursi Fe s meer toome ue of o awe vac aom sen EEENE E INNE E a a 5 Auto Isc EAN A LOOMHz 15c51 iat zh i 4 view and edit scsi Id SATA T T SATA view chip inFormation o sara sam sara wm A mw ae sata 1 5 GHz SATA eenzcileccecco Chl Channel number expansion links are also defined as drive channels yet with a bracketed number showing the counterpart SAS domain in a dual controller configuration Mode Channel mode RCCOM Redundant controller communication channel Host Host Channel mode Drive Drive Channel mode AID IDs managed by the Slot A controller Multiple IDs were applied Host Channel mode only ID number Host Channel Specific Ds managed by the Slot A controller for host LUN mapping Drive Channel Specific ID reserved
303. tected on ID 11 CHL 0 Host Channel WARN Channel Failure WARN SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected Clone Failed WARN SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected WARN SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected Starting Clone WARN SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected TEST CHL 0 WARN Fibre Channel Loop Failure Detected CHL 0 WARN Redundant Loop for CH L 0 Failure Detected CHL 0 WARN Redundant Path for CHL 01D 0 Expected but N ot Found CHL 01D 0 WARN Redundant Path for Chl 01D 0 Failure Detected C 2 3 Notification CHL 01D 132 NOTICE M edia Error Recovered OxD 8001C 7C CHL ONOTICE Fibre Channel Loop Connection Restored CHL 01D 255 NOTICE Redundant Path for CH L 0 Restored CHL 0 NOTICE Redundant Path for CHL 01D 0 Restored CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTICE Drive Recovered Error Reported CHL OLIP FF B Detected CHL 0 Host Channel Notification Bus Reset Issued CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTICE Scan Drive Successful CHL 01D 0 Drive N OTIFY Block Successfully Reassigned O 10B CHL ID Drive SEV Media Error Encountered General Target Events C 3 1 Critical SA F TE Device O ALERT Power Supply Failure Detected ldx 132 Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Power Supply 0 Failure Detected Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Power Supply ON ot Present Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Low Voltage Detected 5V SES CO IO Power Supply O Device N ot Supported RAID Inc SAF TE Device O A LERT Cooling Fan Not Installed ldx 2 SA F TE Device O0 A
304. tep 1 To set or change the controller password press the up or down arrow key Change Password s to select Change Password then press ENT If the password has previously been set the controller will Old ask for the old password first u If passwordhas not yet been set the controller will directly ask f orthe new password The password cannot be replaced unless the correct old password is provided arrow keys to select a id character then press ENT to move to the next space Change Password Successful t Step 3 After entering all the characters alphabetic or numeric press ENT for two seconds to confirm If the password is correct or there 4 28 RAID Inc is no preset password it willask for the new password Enter the password again to confirm To disable or delete the password press ENT on the first flashing digit for two seconds when requested to enter a new passwo rd The existing password will be deleted No password checking will occur when entering the Main Menu from the initial terminal screen or making configuration changes Main Menu gt quick installation View and edit Lagical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Hast luns View and edit Drives View and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters j edit Peri heral devices E Ee F 5 C New Password lg To set or change the controller password move the cursor bar to Ch
305. ter will return media error messages if host accesses fall within the affected blocks Restoring data from a backup source is recommended M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT UNPROTECTED Block Marked a 0000000 e What M edia errors are found in an unprotected array e g RAIDO The Happened affected data blocks will be marked bad What to Do The data affected by data blocks failure will be lost The host computer will return media error messages if host access falls within the affected blocks Restoring data from a backup source is Event Messages C 11 recommended M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Bad Data Block Encountered 000000084 What Data blocks previously marked Bad are re encountered during H appened host I O access or certain operations such as Media Scan The marked logical blocks will cause the firmware to return media error status to host What to Do The data affected by data blocks failure is lost Restoring data from a backup source is recommended The host computer will return media error messages if host access falls within the affected blocks M essage LG OALERT Inconsistent Parity Encountered Block 000000084 What Users execute regenerate parity operation and a parity H appened inconsistency is encountered Problematic block address is shown at the end of the message W hat to Do Parity inconsistency means the data is corrupted or invalid across some data blocks We recommend users to restore specific da
306. the activated snapshot image What to D o Clear the message M essage Snapshot NOTICE SC ID 3BB6514353CF3B85 Space Thresh Exceeded 4096 WhatHappened 40 of the disk space in a Snapshot Container has been used up exceeding the capacity notification threshold What to D o Check capacity threshold settings and configure the appropriate threshold value for your system The related purge operation will be triggered by the exceeded capacity threshold and the old snapshot images will be purged to free more Snapshot Container space M essage Snapshot NOTICE SC 1D 3BB6514353CF 3B85 Space Thresh Restored 5096 WhatHappened Disk space in the Snapshot Container has been released used space drops below the preset threshold System has successfully purged old snapshot images to regain disk space What to D o Clear the message Event Messages C 39 M essage Snapshot NOTICE SC ID 3BB6514353CF3B85 Purge Triggered 80 What Happened The purge action is triggered when the capacity threshold is violated W hat to Do Clear the message M essage Snapshot NOTICE SS ID 30A55D31700F2AAB Prune Triggered 8096 WhatHappened The Snapshot scheduler prune action is triggered when system detects the number or life span of the snapshot images have exceeded the preset threshold What to Do Clear the message M essage Snapshot NOTICE Non optimal configuration may impact performance What Happened System will check the related settings at
307. tically disable the write back caching an d adopt the conservative Write through mode in the event of component failures or elevated temperature 6 3 3 6 Initialization Mode Maximum Drive Capacity 34747 MB Assign Spare Drives Logical Drive Assignments Disk Reserved Space 256 ME Write Policy Defaultiwrite Back Initialize Ca ii Stripe 512e Default 128K Bytes off line Initialize far create Logical Drive Yes m q Step 6 6 This sub menu allows you to configure if the logical drive is immediately available If the online default mode is used logical drive is immediately r eady for I Os and you may continue with array configuration e g including the array into a lo gical volume before the array s initialization process is completed Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 9 Default 128K Bytes 16K Bytes __ 32K Bytes m 53K Bytes A 126K Bytes p 56K Bytes HB LI 512K Bytes 239112MB Q Step 6 7 i LOZSK Bytes te Back This option should only be changed by experienced technicians Setting to an incongruous value canseverely drag performance therefore this option should only be changed when you can be sure of the performance gains it might bring you For example if your array is often stressed by large a nd sequential I Os a small stripe size will force hard disks to spin many more times in order toconduct data in different da
308. ting RAID Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Using LCD Keypad Panel A navigation roadmap for the configuration menu options through LCD keypad is separately available as a PDF file You may check your Product Utility CD or contact technical support for the latest update 5 1 Power On RAID Enclosure Before you start to configure a RAID system make sure that hardware installation is completed before any configuration takes place Power on your RAID subsystem f If your Falcon RAID subsystem comes with dual redundant RAID controllers your subsystem s LCD panel can provide access to the operating status screen of the Secondary controller However in a dual controller configuration only the Primary controller responds to user s configuration f Each controller s operating mode is indicated by the flashing digit on the upper right of the LCD screen as A or B If the LCD displays B that means the LCD screen is currently displaying Slot B controller messages Press both the U p and Down arrow keys for one second to switch around the access Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping LCD 5 1 0 2 0 2 5 2 1 to different RAID controllers Individual Disk Menu Drive Utilities Q Step 1l From the View and Edit Drives menu select the drive that the utility is to be performed On then press ENT t Step 2 Select Drive Utilities then press ENT Choose Read Write Test These options ar
309. to changethe status digits 447 LLA 0 8 RAID Inc Q Step 8 4 2 Use the arrow keys to select Default Write back or Write through t Step 8 4 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm your change iD IMPORTANT The Write back and Write through parameters are permanent for specific logical drives The Default selectio n however is more complicated and more likely equal to not specified If set to Default a logical drive s write policy is determ ined not only by the system s general caching mode setting but also by the Event trigger mechanisms The Event Trigge r mechanisms automatically disable the write back caching an d adopt the conservative Write through mode in the event of battery or component failures 5 3 9 Initialization Mode This menu allows you to determine if the lo gical drive is immediately accessible If the sea Online method is used data can yoge nline be written onto it before the array s initialization is completed You may continue with other array configuration processes e g including this array in a logical volume Array initialization can take a long time especially for those comprising a large capacity and parity data Setting to Online means the array is immediately accessible and that the controller will complete the initialization in the background or I Os become less intensive Q Step 8
310. upported What Happened Unrecognizable device type This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring W hat to Do Check proper module installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage SA F TE Device 0 ALERT Cooling Fan Not Installed Idx 2 What Happened No cooling fan moduleis installed in the expected module slot W hat to Do Check proper moduleinstallation If an installed module can not be detected contact your RAID supplier M essage SA F TE Device 0 ALERT Cooling Fan Failure Detected Idx 2 What Happened Cooling fan failure detected through SAF TE monitoring device What to D o Check the Cooling Fan Status LED on the front panel of system If the Amber LED is lit constantly that indicates at least one cooling fan module has failed Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cooling Fan2 Failure Detected What Happened Cooling fan failure detected through an 12C serial bus C 26 RAID Inc What to Do Check the Cooling Fan Status LED on the front panel of RAID SBOD system If the Amber LED is lit constantly that indicates at least one cooling fan module has failed Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cooling Fan2 Note Present What Happened No cooling fan moduleis installed in the expected module slot What to D o Check proper module installation
311. ur RAID system supplier for a certified module M essage ALERT Cache volatilized WhatHappened Cache exists and does not belong to any specific LD It could result from the one of the following reasons 1 The cable broken between RAID system and JBOD if the specific LD was located at the JBOD 2 Theall member disk drives are missing of the specific LD 3 Other reasons that RAID system cannot find the specific LD What to Do Check proper installation of the module for example the connection cable to JBOD Werecommend you to check the data and restore backup if necessary M essage Force Controller Write Through on Trigger Cause What Happened Preset conditions e g elevated temperature or component failure has forced the subsystem to adopt a more conservative operating mode by disabling the Write Back caching What to Do Check proper working condition and correct system faults Press ESC to clear the message C 4 3 Notification M essage Board1 Cold Temperature Back to N on Critical LVs C What Happened Boardl usually the RAID controller main board ventilation condition is restored to normal W hat to Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to dear the message M essage 12V Upper Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits V W hat H appened 12V voltage dropped back within preset thresholds C 34 RAID Inc What to Do Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essa
312. ure Primary Controller secondary Controller Primary Controller System Reset Primary Controller Secondary Controller Figure 14 8 Controller Primary Secondary Relative Positions 14 30 A typical controller failover and failback process is diagrammed on the left State 1 Subsystem operating normally Slot A controller is the Primary controller by factory default State 2 Slot A controller fails Slot B controller inherits the Primary role State 3 The failed controller in Slot A is replaced by a healthy replacement The replacement controller becomes the Secondary controller temporarily otate 4 If the subsystem resets later the Slot B controller returns the Primary role to the Slot A controller If the subsystem is reset later the controller installed in the Slot A position will obtain the Primary controller status The Slot B controller then resumes the Secondary role The replacement controller will obtain all related configuration parameters from its counterpart RAID Inc Redundant Controller Controller Failure Controller failure is managed by the surviving controller regardless of its original role as Primary or Secondary The surviving controller disconnects from its counterpart while gaining access to all signal paths The existing controller then proceeds with the ensuing event notifications and take over process Symptoms f The LCD screen displays controller failure
313. ures Below are the basic procedures for readying a redundant controller subsystem Step 1 Controller Unique Identifier The Falcon subsystems usually come with a default identifier If the default is lost for some reasons provide a unique identifier for each RAID subsystem View amp Edit Peripheral Devices Controller Parameters Controller Unique Identifier Step 2 Create Controller A and Controller B IDs Step 2 1 View and Edit Channels Choose a host channel otep 2 2 View and Edit ID Select an existing ID Step 2 3 Under Add Delete Channel ID Controller A Controller B Select an ID from the pull down list Step 2 4 Reset the controller for the configuration to take effect Step 3 Create Logical Configurations of Drives Step 3 1 Under View and Edit Logical Drives Select a Logical Drive entry Step 3 2 Select a RAID level Step 3 3 Select member drives Step 3 4 Configure other parameters e g stripe size Step 3 5 Assign logical drive either to the Controller A or Controller Step 3 6 Create Logical Drive Step 4 Map Each Logical Configuration of Drives to Controller A and or Controller B IDs on host channel s Step 4 1 Under View and Edit Host LUN Choose a Channel ID Controller Combination Step 4 2 Select a Logical Drive or Logical Volume and then the Logical Partition within the logical unit Map to Host ID LUN Create Host LUN Entry Step 4 3 Repeat
314. uring iSCSI host ports iSCSI systems provide storage capacity in a network consisting of iSCSI initiators and targets One or multiple iSCSI storage systems can be configured into a storage pool and then presented as iSCSI targets using the ID LUN mapping techniques similar to traditional SCSI storage RAID Inc s iSCSI storage supports iSCSI initiators that comply with the IETF iSCSI standard RFC 3720 The configuration is simple The configuration efforts should include the following 1 RAID configuration process is identical to that described in the previous chapters 2 Configuring host port IPs ISNS server and connectivity settings 3 Setting CHAP host filter and other authentication options 4 Grouping host ports multiple connections per TCP session 5 Presenting RAID volumes to host LUN Mapping 6 Jumbo Frame See page 5 2 See page 5 6 See page 5 13 See page 5 17 See page 5 21 ISCSI Options 1 1 1 2 7 1 Network Interface Settings Assigning IP Addresses to the iSCSI Host Ports To access the Internet Protocol submenu press ENTER to confirm a selection and use the arrow keys to navigate Step 1 The iSCSI host port IPs can be found under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Communication Parameters gt Internet Protocol TCP IP 37 271 2006 Cache Status Clea lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit
315. veral minutes to obtain an IP address from the DHCP server Out of Band via Ethernet Connecting Ethernet Port Please note the management port is a 10 100BaseT port on a riser card that is different from the iSCSI host ports The management port is for management access only neither can it be used for I Os Use a LAN cable to connect the Ethernet port s on the subsystem s RAID controller unit s Connect the cables between the subsystem controllers Ethernet port and an Ethernet port on your local network Management console 0 D w m P us ibid E TAARA alt e EE inn th el iar X SS RR T EC 10 1 O0BaseT eji im Te s ji ii 2 management a o Figure 1 3 Ethernet Physical Connections Single controller RAID Connect the Ethernet interface Dual controller RAID Connect the Ethernet interfaces from both controllers to your Ethernet network The Ethernet port on the Secondary controller stays idle and becomes active in the event of Primary controller failure The Ethernet port IP on the Primary s Ethernet port will be inherited by the Secondary controller during a controller failover process 1 3 2 Configuring the Controller To prepare the subsystem controller for Ethernet connection 1 Use a Terminal Emulator to Begin Configuration Step 1 Connect the subsystem s serial port to a PC running a VT 100 terminal emulation program or a VT 100 compatible terminal using the included seri
316. vigu and edit Drives Wiet and Sle Channels vicu amd cdit Configuration parancters u t hehindant Controller Communication Channe SALA u C secondary Controller RS 232 Disabled uj H Cache Synchronization on Write Thraugh Enable D Adaptive Write Policy Disabled cClunmbianb pnbroller Parane ters Fr Lonbroller Parameters eys hove Cursor Enter Select This item is for display only showing the current communications routes ui4d E33 Rerresh Screen 14 5 2 Adaptive Write Policy 3 14 50 06 2006 Cache Status Cle BAT 4 4 Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes lew and edit Host luns view and edit Drives vjen and dit channels y edit Contiguration parameters ai c Redundant cantreller communication Channel Fibre w Secondary Controller R5S 232 Disabled Yi H Cache Synehranizatian on write Through Enable D a isah D TA l L Refresh Screen Firmware is embedded with intelligent algorithms to detect and to adapt the arrays caching mode to the characteristics of I O requests The adaptive capability is described as follows Redundant Controller 14 19 1 When enabled the Adaptive Write Policy optimizes array performance for sequential writes 2 The adaptive policy temporarily disables an arrays write caching algorithm when handling sequential writes Write caching can be unnecessary with sequential writes for that
317. working and another drive in the same logical drive fails the clone drive will resume the role of a standby spare and start to rebuild the failed drive immediately This prevents a fatal drive error if yet another drive should fail Detect and Clone Replace The controller will enable all drives S M A R T function If a drive predicts a problem the controller will report the problem in the form of an event log The controller will then clone the problematic drive to a standby spare and take the problematic drive offline as soon as the cloning process is completed Fail Drive Before using this function you should be ready with a hot spare or a replacement drive so that a logical drive having a member disbanded can be quickly rebuilt A disk drive can become unstable or dragging the array performance before being considered as a failed drive by your RAID system If there are signs showing a member drive is seriously degraded such as recurring reports of RAID Inc slow responses you can use this option to disband a faulty drive from a logical drive Al WARNING The Fail Drive option can impose a danger in the situation when other members of a logical drive carry immanent defects In the extreme cases similar defects may be found in disk drives of the same lot by the same manufacturer If you fail a member in a RAID5 array and another member encounters media errors during the rebuild process you will lose data NOTE
318. write requests can be more efficiently fulfilled by distributing writes directly onto disk drives following the receiving order 3 The adaptive policy changes the preset write policy of an array when handling I Os with heterogeneous characteristics If firmware determines it is receiving write requests that come in a sequential order the write caching algorithm is disabled on the target logical drives If the subsequent l Os are fragmented and are received randomly firmware automatically restores the original write cache policy of the target logical drives Adaptation for the Redundant Controller Operation 4 f arrays managed by a redundant controller configuration are configured to operate with write back caching cached data will be constantly synchronized between the partner controllers Upon receiving sequential writes firmware disables write caching on target arrays and also the synchronized cache operation because the synchronization also consumes some of the controllers processing power Syne cache operation 4 Cache Controller B Controller A Controller B Figure 14 2 Write through and Write back caching with Synchronized Cache Efforts iD IMPORTANT f Every time you change the Caching Parameters you must reset the controller for the changes to take effect f The Adaptive Write Policy is applicable to subsystems working in the normal condition If for example a drive fails in a
319. xt configuration screen A sub menu should prompt t Step 6 You may either change the maximum capacity to be included in the new RAID6 array or change the arrav strine size t Step7 A confirmation box should prompt Check the configuration details and select Yes to start the migration process Raid Level RAID 6 online Drives 4 Maximum Drive Capacity 2000 MB Disk Reserved Space 256 MB Spare Drives A Logical Drive Assignment Primary Controller stripe Size Default 128K Bytes Migrate Logical Drive 7 Yes No t Step8 A message should prompt indicating the migration process has started Ling Imtializing Motifi cation 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Add Drive Operation t Step 9 Press ESC to clear the message The initialization progress is shown below RAID Inc Lineg Intvt1a 724 ns T Ps Completed t Step 10 Since the migration process includes adding a ne w member drive the completion of RAID migration is indicated as follows fis 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive to Logical Drive Completed O nce the migration is completed associate the RAID6 array with the ID LUN number originally associated with the previous RAI D5 array Please refer to Section 6 6 Mapping an Array to Host LUNs for more information Creating Arrays amp Host LUN Mapping Terminal 6 21 6 5 Partitioning RAID Arrays WARNING j Whenever a partition is changed it is ne
320. y hold cached writes during a power outage and cause data inconsistency 14 25 The configuration can be found in firmware s embedded utility through Main Menu gt View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters gt Drive Delayed Write Mapping for Fault tolerant Links The purpose for mapping a logical drive to multiple IDs is diagrammed below CHO CH1 Controller B Contraller A Figure 14 5 Dual controller Subsystem in Normal and Degraded Modes In the event of single RAID controller failure all IDs managed by the failed controller will be taken over by the surviving controller See the locations of mapped IDs in the above diagram Redundant Controller If an application server can access the arrays through fault tolerant paths multi path management software such as RAID Inc s StoragePath should be available Shown below is a condition with a broken host link The host computer can still access the array LD1 through an alternate data link Even if one of the FC switches fails access to data can still be continued i abes mm mm mm mom f Fibre CHO CRT Figure 14 6 Dual controller Subsystem with a Broken Link 14 27 Mapping Using the FW3 48 Cross controller Mapping Server 0 server 1 HBA HE 1 E S HELA 1 i AID 112 ng AID 112 EI pu AID 112 CH0 AID 112 CH1 BID 113 CHO BID 113 CH1 ooo LD1 Figure 14 7 Mapping Array Volumes to Differe
321. ys 4 14 Caching Parameters 4 1 1 Stripe Size Each RAID level has a preset value for the array stripe size If you prefer a different stripe size for a RAID array a logical drive you must backup or move the stored data elsewhere and re create the array Listed below are the default stripe sizes implemented with different R AID levels These values should be adequate for optimal performance with most applications Table 4 1 RAID Levels and Stripe Sizes Stripe Size RAIDO 128KB LCD Screen Messages 4 1 4 2 Stripe sizes different from the above defaults can be manually applied to individual logical drives during the initial configuration stage to match the access sizes conducted by your host applications The Stripe size here refers to the Inner Stripe Size specifying the chunk size allocated on each individual data drive f or parallel access instead of the Outer Stripe Size which is the sum of chunks on all data drives Configuration Process Although stripe size can be adjusted on a per logical drive basis users are not encouraged to make a change to the default values Smaller stripe sizes are ideal for I Os that are transaction based and r andomly accessed However using the wrong stripe size can cause pr oblems For example when an array set at 16KB stripe size receives files of 128KB size each drive will have to spin and write many more times to conduct small fragment 16KB writes to hard
322. ys to select Parameters Drive side Parameters press ENT to enter its sub menus Auto Rebuild on Q Step3 There are a Drv Swap 15 sec dozen configurable options under Drive side parameters Use arrow keys to select Auto Rebuild on Drv Swap Press ENT on it to change the setting The options range from Disabled and 5 to 60 seconds The option can be found under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive side Parameters Press ENTER on it to display the pull down menu Cache Status Clean Main Menu gt Quick Installation Disk Access Delay Time 25 seconds Drive I O Timequt 7 seconds Maximum Tag Count AUTO Re TIE Gn Dr ive Samp 3a Failure Mode 5MART Detect and Perpetual Clone Disabled al Spare Drive Disabled 5 seconds fite Disabled 10 seconds Idle Delay Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds r RAID Inc 4 5 Spare Drive Implementations Shown below are two Spare drive policies designed to prevent configuration errors Auto assign Global Spare and Enclosure Spare Drive Auto assign Global Spare The Auto Assign Global Spare feature is designed to reduce the chance of downtime by operators negligence RAID Enclosure Snow on the left is a RAID enclosure with its driv esconfigured into two arrays and a Global Spare Global Spare One logical drive consists of 8 members the other consists of 7 Diagrams on the left shows how
323. z ser ta n and edit 5c51 chip inFormation channel host 1d wwn device port name list rate OEN C f ew mof saa 8 0 ore sara sf orie aof sara _ 3 0 e ma pee neo a E e sara J Step 1 CJ Step 2 i a CJ Step 3 Select a host channel press ENTER to display the command list Select View and Edit ID A list of existing ID s will be displayed on the screen As a default the subsystem comes with only a Slot A controller ID Select one of the existing IDs and press ENTER You may then add a new ID or delete an existing ID Adding a Host ID Press ENT on a host channel on Set Channel ID and then on an existing ID CU icp Keypad 7 Step 1 7 Step 2 t Step 3 9j Step 4 Set Channel Use the up and down arro rp wkeys to select Set Channel ID then press ENT ctt 9 1p An existing ID displays Slot A Add Channel ID Press ENT to display Add Channel ID Press ENT again to Add Channel ID display the question mark controller A 5 In a dual controller RAID Inc enter the Add ID process use the up and down arrow keys to select either the Slot A or Slot B controller t Add CHL ID 5tep 5 Channel A P An ID next to the existin gID will display on the screen Use arrow keys to select an ID When the preferred ID i s selected press ENT for Change Setting two seconds to complete Do R

Firmware Operation Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents